Pocket Welding Guide PDF

EW609
Pocket Welding Guide

A Guide to Better Welding
31st Edition
All Rights Reserved
including the right to reproduce this book or
portions thereof in any form
by
Hobart Institute of Welding Technology
400 Trade Square East
Troy, OH 45373 USA
Filler metal information courtesy

Hobart Brothers Company, Troy, Ohio, USA.
State Board of Career Colleges and Schools

Registration No. 70-12-0064HT
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools

and Colleges of Technology No. 000403
© 2013 Hobart Institute of Welding Technology
ISBN: 978-1-936058-28-0
1
FOREWORD
This 31 st edition of the Pocket Welding Guide is

dedicated to all those who are interested in and work
with any aspect of welding. It covers a wide variety of
subjects that are essential for the student or beginner
and are of interest to the veteran welders, draftsmen,
instructors, supervisors, foremen, technicians, and
engineers.
You are encouraged to strive for the perfect weld.

Putting every effort forth to attain it will make you more
valuable as a welder. No matter what your task may be,
you can do no better than to try for perfection.
2
INTRODUCTION
The Pocket Welding Guide began as a 30-page booklet

with 3.5 x 5.5-inch dimensions that would actually fit
into a shirt pocket. In fact, the early title of the book was
Hobart Vest Pocket Guide to Better Welding.
The booklet contained three types of electrodes, four

essentials of proper welding procedures, types of joints
and welding positions, early welding symbols, some of
the early build your own Hobart welding generators,
and a page of the early “Practical Arc Welding” training
books.
The “up-to-date welding training” was, at that time,

being provided at the Hobart Trade School. It is stated
on the cover, “Thousands of men and women have
received thorough training at the Hobart Trade School,
and have immediately stepped into high paying jobs.”
It goes on to indicate that the training was being

offered “to those interested in preparing for steady
employment in post-war industry.” And that training
was “fully accredited under the G.I. Bill.”
With each new edition, more information was added.

More welding symbols were developed, welding terms
have been standardized and added and today, in its 31st
edition, the book is 184 pages in length. It has been
completely revised and improved. The Pocket Welding
Guide is a great addition to any welder’s toolbox. It
remains a quick and ready reference.
3
Contents
Welding & Cutting Processes........................................6
5 Essentials for Good Welding.....................................16
Examples of Good & Bad Beads.................................18
Common Welding Problems: Causes and Cures........ 28
Checkpoints for Quality Welding..................................31
Troubleshooting Guide for
Semiautomatic Wire Welding...................................32
Types of Joints.............................................................33
Welding Test Positions.................................................34
Welding Codes & Qualification of Welders.................. 35
Welding Symbols.........................................................36
General Welding Safety...............................................42
Welding Metals............................................................46
Steel Available for Welding..........................................47
Identification of Metals.................................................48
Typical Preheat for Various Metals..............................50
AISI-SAE Designation System for
Carbon and Alloy Steels...........................................51
Cost Saving Hints........................................................52
8 Factors to Consider When Selecting Electrodes...... 55
Metal Cored Wire.........................................................56
Oven Storage & Reconditioning of Filler Metals.......... 58
Shielding Gases & Their Uses.....................................59
How To Calculate Filler Metal Consumption................ 60
4
AWS Electrode Classifications & Comparative
Indices......................................................................62
Hobart Filler Metals......................................................78
Mild Steel Electrodes...............................................78
Low Alloy Steel Electrodes.......................................86
Stainless Steel Electrodes.......................................97
Hard Surfacing Electrodes.....................................100
Build-Up and Overlay Electrodes...........................103
Special Alloy Electrodes.........................................106
Steel Solid Wires....................................................108
Tubular Wires......................................................... 112
Hard Surfacing Wires.............................................124
Build-Up and Overlay Wires...................................127
Metal Cored Wires.................................................132
Metal Cored Hard Surfacing Wires........................149
Filler Guide for Welding Aluminum.............................151
Filler Metal Selector Guide for Welding
ASTM Steels..............................................................152
Welding Terms & Definitions......................................173
Metric Conversion Tables...........................................177
HIWT Training & Certification Services...................... 181
HIWT Training Materials............................................182
Index..........................................................................183
5
Welding & Cutting Processes
SMAW
Shielded Metal Arc Welding, also called Stick welding and Manual Metal
welding is an arc welding process with an arc between a covered elec-
trode and the weld pool. Shielding is obtained from decomposition of
the electrode covering. The process is normally manually applied and is
capable of welding thin and thick steels and some nonferrous metals in
all positions. The process requires a relatively high degree of welder skill.
GMAW
Gas Metal Arc Welding, also known as MIG welding, CO2 Welding,
Micro Wire Welding, short arc welding, dip transfer welding, wire weld-
ing, etc., is an arc welding process using an arc between a continuous
filler metal electrode and the weld pool. Shielding is obtained from an
externally supplied gas or gas mixture. The process is normally applied
semiautomatically; however, the process may be operated automatically
and can be machine operated. The process can be used to weld thin and
fairly thick steels and some nonferrous metals in all positions. A relatively
low degree of welding skill is required for the process.
FCAW
Flux Cored Arc Welding, also known as Dual-Shielded, Inner-shield, Self
Shield, FabCO, etc., is an arc welding process using an arc between a
continuous filler metal electrode and the weld pool. Shielding is obtained
through decomposition of the flux within the tubular wire. Additional
shielding may or may not be obtained from an externally supplied gas
or gas mixture. The process is normally applied semi-automatically, but
can be applied automatically or mechanized. It is commonly used to weld
medium to thick steels using large diameter electrodes in the flat and
horizontal position and small electrode diameters in all positions. The
process is used to a lesser degree for welding stainless steel and for
overlay work. The skill level required for FCAW is similar to GMAW.
6
Direction of Travel
Shielding Gas
Electrode Wire
Molten Weld Metal
Electrode Coating
Slag Arc
Metal Droplets
Solidified
Weld Metal
Base Metal
Direction of Travel
Shielding Gas Nozzle

Electrode
Molten Weld Metal
Arc
Solidified
Weld Metal
Base Metal
Direction of Travel Nozzle (not required

for self-shielding wires)
Molten Metal
Flux Cored
Molten Slag Electrode
Slag Gas (Optional)
Solidified Arc
Weld Metal
Base Metal
7
SAW
Submerged Arc Welding, also known as Union Melt, Hidden Arc, Weld-
ing Under Powder, etc., is an arc welding process using an arc or arcs
between a bare metal electrode or electrodes and the weld pool. The arc
and molten metal are shielded by a blanket of granular flux on the work-
pieces. The process is normally applied mechanized or automatically, but
is used on a limited basis semi-automatically. It is used to weld medium
to thick steel in the flat and horizontal position only. Manual welding skill
is not required; however, a technical understanding of the equipment and
welding procedures is necessary to operate the process.
GTAW
Gas Tungsten Arc Welding, also known as TIG welding, Heliarc Weld-
ing, Heli-Welding, Argon-Arc Welding and Tungsten Arc Welding, is an
arc welding process using an arc between a tungsten electrode (non-
consumable) and the weld pool. Filler may or may not be used. Shield-
ing is obtained from an inert gas or an inert gas mixture. The process is
normally applied manually and is capable of welding steels and nonferrous
metals in all positions. The process is commonly used on thin metals and
for the root and hot pass on tubing and pipe. Requires a relatively high
degree of welder skill.
PAW
Plasma Arc Welding, sometimes referred to as Needle Arc and Micro
Plasma, is an arc welding process employing a constricted arc between a
nonconsumable electrode and the weld pool (transferred arc) or between
the electrode and the constricting nozzle (nontransferred arc). Shielding is
obtained from the hot ionized gas issuing from the orifice. An auxiliary inert
shielding gas or mixture of inert gases may supplement the system. The
process is commonly applied manually, but may be automatic to increase
welding speeds. It can be used to weld almost all metals and can be all
position at lower currents. Normally used on thinner metals, the process
requires a slightly lesser degree of welder skill than Gas Tungsten Arc
Welding, but a greater knowledge of equipment set-up.
8
Direction of Travel
Flux Feed Tube
Electrode
Slag Molten Flux

Flux Blanket
Solidified Molten Arc Base

Weld Metal Weld Metal Path Metal
Direction of Travel
Gas Cup
Shielding Gas
Tungsten Electrode
Molten Weld Metal
Arc
Solidified
Weld Metal Filler Rod
Base Metal
Direction of Travel
Coolant
Orifice to Constrict Arc Tungsten Electrode
Plasma Stream Plasma Gas
Shielding Gas
Filler Metal
Solidified
Weld Metal Base
Root Penetration Metal
Molten Weld Metal Keyhole
9
ESW
Electroslag Welding, also known as Porta-Slag or Slag Welding, is a
welding process producing coalescence of metals with molten slag,
melting the filler metal and the surfaces of the workpieces. The molten
weld pool is shielded by a slag covering which moves along the joint as
welding progresses. The process is not an arc welding process, except
that an arc is used to start the process. After stabilization the molten slag
provides the necessary heat for welding. The process is always applied
automatically. It is a limited application process used only for making verti-
cal welds on medium to heavy thickness of mild steel. Manual welding
skill is not required, but a technical knowledge of the process is required
to operate the equipment.
SW
Stud Welding, also known as Arc Stud Welding, is an arc welding process
using an arc between a metal stud, or similar part, and the other workpiece.
Partial shielding is obtained by a ceramic ferrule surrounding the stud.
It is a mechanized welding process, using a specialized gun that holds
the stud and makes the weld. The process is normally used on steels in
the flat and horizontal position. A low degree of welding skill is required
for stud welding operation.
OAW
Oxyacetylene Welding, sometimes referred to as Gas Welding, Oxy-Fuel
Gas Welding, and Torch Welding, is an oxyfuel gas welding process
employing acetylene as the fuel gas. The process may be used with or
without filler metal. It can be used on thin to medium thickness metals of
many types, steels and nonferrous in all positions. The process is applied
manually and requires a relatively high degree of welding skill.
10
Moulding Shoes
Electrode
Base Metal Consumable Guide Tube
Base Metal
Molten Flux
Molten Weld Metal
Solidified Weld Metal
A B C D
Direction of Travel
Welding Torch Tip

Inner Cone
Acetylene Feather
Molten Weld Metal Filler Rod
Solidified
Weld Metal
Base Metal
11
TB
Torch Brazing, sometimes called Gas Brazing, is similar to Oxyacetylene
Welding, except the base metal is not melted, and the filler metal is usually
a nonferrous metal. The filler metal flows into the joint by capillary action.
Brazing can be done in all positions on most metals and is especially
popular for repair work on case iron. The process is normally applied
manually and requires a relatively high degree of brazer skill.
OC
Oxygen Cutting, also known as Oxygen Fuel Gas Cutting, Acetylene
Cutting, Gas Cutting and Burning, is a thermal process used to sever
metals by heating the metal with a flame to an elevated temperature and
using pure oxygen to oxidize the metal and produce the cut. Different
fuel gases can be used including: acetylene, natural gas, propane and
various trade-name gases. The process is normally applied manually with
hand-held torches or mechanized with highly accurate tracing devices
and multi-torches for cutting simultaneous shapes. It is used to cut thin
to very thick metals, primarily steels; however, with various arrangements
it can be used on other metals. Manual oxygen cutting requires a fairly
high degree of flamecutter skill.
12
Welding Torch Tip
Inner Cone Acetylene

Base Metal Feather
Brazing
Filler Metal
Deposited Braze Metal
Cutting Oxygen
Preheating Oxygen
Acetylene
Preheat to
cherry red Cutting Tip
before starting
to cut
Preheat Flames
Oxygen Jet Base Metal
Slag
13
PAC
Plasma Arc Cutting, sometimes called Plasma Burning and Plasma Ma-
chining, is an arc cutting process which severs metal by melting a localized
area with a constricted arc and removing the molten material with a high
velocity jet of hot ionized gas issuing from the orifice. It can be used with
a hand held torch manually or mechanized cutting in extremely accurate
machines with special tracing devices. It is used for cutting steels and
non ferrous metals in thin to medium thicknesses. The process requires
a lesser degree of cutter skill than oxygen cutting except the equipment
is much more complex for manual operation.
CAC-A
Air Carbon Arc Gouging is a process in which metals to be cut are melted
by the heat of a carbon arc and the molten metal is removed by a blast
of air. Normally, it is a manual operation used in all positions, but may
also be operated automatically. The process can be used on steels and
some nonferrous metals. The process is commonly used for back goug-
ing welds, for gouging out defective welds and repairing castings. The
process requires a relatively high degree of cutting skills.
14
Plenum Chamber Nozzle
Plasma Stream Coolant
Compressed Air Electrode
Constricting Orifice Compressed Air
Base
Metal
Dross
Hand Held
Electrode Holder
Air Stream
Carbon Electrode
Base Metal
l
ave
f Tr
no
ctio
Dire
15
5 Essentials for Good Welding
1. Correct Electrode Size

2. Correct Current
3. Correct Arc Length
4. Correct Travel Speed
5. Correct Electrode Angle
Besides the steady sizzling sound that a correct arc pro-

duces, the shape of the molten pool and the movement
of the metal at the rear of the pool serve as a guide in
checking weld quality. In a correctly made deposit the
ripples produced on the bead will be uniform and the bead
will be smooth, with no overlap or undercut.
1. Correct Electrode Size

The correct choice of electrode size involves consider-
ation of a variety of factors, such as the type, position,
and preparation of the joint, the ability of the electrode
to carry high current values without injury to the weld
metal or loss of deposition efficiency, the mass of work
metal and its ability to maintain its original properties
after welding, the characteristics of the assembly with
reference to effect of stresses set up by heat applica-
tion, the practicability of heat treatment before and/or
after welding, the specific requirements as to welding
quality and the cost of achieving the desired results.
2. Correct Current
If current on equipment is too high or too low, you are
certain to be disappointed in your weld. If too high, the
electrode melts too fast and your molten pool is large
and irregular. If too low, there is not enough heat to
melt the base metal and your molten pool will be too
small, will pile up, look irregular.
16
3. Correct Arc Length
If the arc is too long or voltage too high the metal melts
off the electrode in large globules which wobble from
side to side as the arc wavers, giving a wide, spat-
tered and irregular bead — with poor fusion between
original metal and deposited metal. If the arc is too
short, or voltage too low, there is not enough heat to
melt the base metal properly and the electrode quite
often sticks to the work, giving a high, uneven bead,
having irregular ripples with poor fusion.
4. Correct Travel Speed

When your speed is too fast your pool does not last
long enough, impurities and gas are locked in. The
bead is narrow and ripples pointed. When speed is
too slow the metal piles up, the bead is high and wide,
with a rather straight ripple.
5. Correct Electrode Angle

The electrode angle is of particular importance in fillet
welding and deep groove welding. Generally speak-
ing, when making a fillet weld, the electrode should be
held so that it bisects the angle between the plates (as
shown at right) and is perpendicular to the line of weld.
If undercut occurs in the vertical member, lower the
angle of the arc and direct the arc toward the vertical
member.
45 5-10 5-10
Drag Push
Work Angle
Travel Angle
17
Examples of Good & Bad Welds
– Shielded Metal Arc Welding
GOOD BAD BAD

Proper Current Welding Current Welding Current
Voltage & Speed Too Low Too High
Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead
Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead
A smooth, regular, Excessive piling up Excessive spatter to be

well formed bead. of weld metal. cleaned off.
No undercutting, Overlapping bead has Undercutting along

overlapping or poor penetration. edges weakens joint.
piling up.
Slow up progress. Irregular deposit.
Uniform in cross section.
Wasted electrodes and Wasted electrodes and
Excellent weld at minimal productive time. productive time.
material and labor cost.
18
– Shielded Metal Arc Welding
BAD BAD BAD

Arc Too Long Welding Speed Welding Speed
(Voltage Too High) Too Fast Too Slow
Bead very irregular with Bead too small, Excessive piling up

poor penetration. with contour irregular. of weld metal.
Weld metal Not enough weld metal Overlapping without

not properly shielded. in cross section. penetration at edges.
An inefficient weld. Weld not strong enough. Too much time consumed.
Wasted electrodes and Wasted electrodes and Wasted electrodes and

productive time. productive time. productive time.
19
– Flux Cored without External Shielding Gas
GOOD BAD BAD

(High Voltage) (Low Voltage)
Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet
A smooth, regular, Excessive spatter Weld bead excessively

well formed bead. and porosity. convex and narrow.
No undercutting, Weld bead excessively Difficult slag

overlapping or piling up. wide and flat. removal.
Uniform in cross section. Undercutting along Wasted filler metal

edges weakens joint. and productive time.
Excellent weld at minimal
material and labor cost. Irregular bead contour.
20
– Flux Cored without External Shielding Gas
BAD BAD BAD

Welding Speed Welding Speed Insufficient
Too Fast Too Slow Shielding Gas Coverage
Bead too small, with Excessive bead width. Excessive spatter

contour irregular. and porosity.
Overlapping without
Not enough weld metal penetration at edges. Bead very irregular with
in cross section. poor penetration.
Fillet with
Poor mechanical unequal legs. Weld metal not properly
properties. shielded.
Wasted filler metal
Undercut at toe lines and productive time. Wasted electrode and
of fillet. productive time.
21
– Flux Cored with External Shielding Gas
GOOD BAD BAD


No undercutting, Weld bead excessively Difficult slag

overlapping or pileup. wide and flat. removal.
Uniform in cross section. Undercutting along Wasted filler metal and

edges weakens joint. productive time.
22
– Flux Cored with External Shielding Gas
BAD BAD BAD


contour irregular. and porosity
Overlapping without
Not enough weld metal penetration at edges. Bead very irregular
in cross section. with poor penetration.
Fillet with
Poor mechanical unequal legs. Weld metal not properly
properties. shielded.
Wasted filler metal
Undercut at toe lines and productive time. Wasted electrode
of fillet. and productive time.
23
– Gas Metal Arc Welding
GOOD BAD BAD


well formed bead. and porosity. convex and wide.
No undercutting, Excessive piling up Difficult slag

overlapping or pileup. of weld metal. removal.
Uniform in cross section. Wasted filler metal and

Undercutting along productive time.
edges weakens joint.
24
– Gas Metal Arc Welding
BAD BAD BAD


Fillet with
Not enough weld metal unequal legs.
Weld bead very irregular
in cross section.
Wasted filler metal with poor penetration.
Poor mechanical and productive time.
properties. Weld metal not properly
shielded.
Undercut at toe lines
of fillet. Wasted filler metal and time.
25
– Metal Cored Welding
GOOD BAD BAD


No undercutting, Weld bead excessively Wasted filler metal and

overlapping or pileup. wide and flat. productive time.
Uniform in cross section. Undercutting along

edges weakens joint.
26
– Metal Cored Welding
BAD BAD BAD


Overlapping without
Not enough weld metal penetration at legs.
Weld bead very irregular
in cross section.
Fillet with with poor penetration.
Poor mechanical unequal legs.
properties. Weld metal not
Wasted filler metal properly shielded.
Undercut at toe lines and productive time.
of fillet. Wasted filler metal and time.
27
Common Welding Problems: Causes and Cures
porous welds
Why
1. Excessively long or short arc
length.
2. Welding current too high. What to do
3. Insufficient or damp shielding gas. 1. Maintain proper arc length.
4. Too fast travel speed. 2. Use proper welding current.
5. Base metal surface covered 3. Increase gas flow rate and
with oil, grease, moisture, rust, mill check gas purity.
scale, etc. 4. Reduce travel speed.
6. Wet, unclean or damaged elec- 5. Properly clean base metal prior
to welding.
trode.
6. Properly maintain and store
electrode.
cracked welds
Why
1. Insufficient weld size.
2. Excessive joint restraint.
3. Poor joint design and/or prepara-
tion. 2. Reduce joint restraint through
4. Filler metal does not match base proper design.
metal. 3. Select the proper joint design
5. Rapid cooling rate. 4. Use more ductile filler.
6. Base metal surface covered with 5. Reduce cooling rate through
oil, grease, moisture, rust, dirt or preheat.
mill scale. 6. Properly clean base metal prior
What to do to welding.
1. Adjust weld size to part thickness.
undercutting
Why
1. Faulty electrode manipulation.
2. Welding current too high.
3. Too long an arc length.
4. Too fast travel speed.
5. Arc blow.
3. Use proper welding current
What to do for electrode size and welding
1. Pause at each side of the weld position.
bead when using a weaving tech- 4. Reduce arc length.
nique. 5. Reduce travel speed.
2. Use proper electrode angles. 6. Reduce effects of arc blow
28
distortion
Why
1. Improper tack welding and or faulty
joint preparation.
2. Improper bead sequence.
3. Improper set-up and What to do
fixturing. 1. Tack weld parts with
4. Excessive weld size. allowance for distortion.
2. Use proper bead sequencing.
3. Tack or clamp parts securely.
4. Make welds to specified size.
spatter
Why
1. Arc blow.
2. Welding current too high.
3. Too long an arc length.
4. Wet, unclean or damaged elec-
trode. 3. Reduce arc length.
4. Properly maintain and store
What to do electrodes.
1. Attempt to reduce the effect of arc
blow.
2. Reduce welding current.
lack of fusion
Why
1. Improper travel speed.
2. Welding current too low.
3. Faulty joint preparation.
4. Too large an electrode diameter. 3. Weld design should allow
5. Magnetic arc blow. electrode accessibility to all
6. Wrong electrode angle. surfaces within the joint.
4. Reduce electrode diameter.
What to do
5. Reduce effects of magnetic
1. Reduce travel speed. arc blow.
2. Increase welding current. 6. Use proper electrode angles.
29
overlapping
Why
1. Too slow travel speed.
2. Incorrect electrode angle.
3. Too large an electrode. What to do
1. Increase travel speed.
2. Use proper electrode angles.
3. Use a smaller electrode size.
poor penetration
Why
1. Travel speed too fast.
2. Welding current too low.
3. Poor joint design and/or
preparation. 2. Increase welding current.
4. Electrode diameter too large. 3. Increase root opening or
5. Wrong type of electrode. decrease rootface.
6. Excessively long arc length. 4. Use smaller electrode.
5. Use electrode w/deeper
What to do penetration characteristics.
1. Decrease travel speed. 6. Reduce arc length.
inclusion
Why
1. Incomplete slag removal
between passes.
2. Erratic travel speed.
3. Too wide a weaving motion. 2. Use a uniform travel speed.
4. Too large an electrode. 3. Reduce width of weaving
5. Letting slag run ahead of arc. technique.
4. Use a smaller electrode size for
6. Tungsten spitting or sticking. better access to joint.
What to do 5. Increase travel speed or
1. Completely remove slag change electrode angle or
between passes. reduce arc length.
6. Properly prepare tungsten and
use proper current.
30
Check-Points for Quality Welding
The future of welding and the future of the welder’s security rest upon quality
welding. Public confidence in welding has been built up through the satisfac-
tory service of millions and millions of welds. Public confidence can quickly
be destroyed by a catastrophe that could be caused by a defective weld.
Adherence to the following rules will insure quality welds and the future of the
welding industry as well as your own job security.
1. Use only high quality welding machines, electrodes and welding
accessories.
2. Know the base material that you are working on.
3. Select the proper welding process to give the highest quality welds on
the base material to be used.
4. Select the proper welding procedure to meet the service requirement of
the finished weldment.
5. Select the correct electrode for the job in question. See additional informa-
tion concerning this elsewhere in this booklet.
6. When preheating is specified or required make sure that the temperature
requirements are met. In any case do not weld on material below 32° F,
without first preheating.
7. Clean the base metal of all slag, paint, grease, oil, moisture, and any other
foreign materials.
8. Remove weld slag and thoroughly clean each bead prior to making the
next bead or pass.
9. Do not weld over cracks or porous tack welds. Defective tack welds should
be removed prior to welding.
10. Be particularly alert to obtain root fusion on the first pass of fillet and
groove welds.
11. When root gaps of groove welds are excessive, build up one side of the
joint prior to welding the pieces together.
12. When the root gap is excessive in fillet welding, be sure to increase the
size of the fillet weld the amount of the root gap in order to maintain the
strength requirement. In some cases it is an advantage to make a groove
weld in order to avoid extremely large fillets.
13. Inspect work and immediately remove any defective weld and replace it.
14. Observe the size requirement for each weld and make sure that you meet
or slightly exceed the specified size.
15. Make sure that the finished appearance of the weld is smooth and that
overlaps and undercuts have been properly repaired. Remember that many
people judge the strength of a weld merely by its external appearance.
31
Semiautomatic Wire Welding
Troubleshooting Guide for
WELDING VARIABLE / CHANGE REQUIRED
32
Desired Tip-to-
Arc Welding Travel Nozzle Wire Gas
Characteristic Work
Voltage Current Speed Angle Size Type
Distance
Deeper penetration 3. Trailing
1. Increase 2. Decrease 5. Smallera) 4. CO2
Max. 25º
Shallower Penetration 1. Decrease 3. Leading 2. Increase 5. Largera) 4. Ar+CO2c)
Larger Bead 1. Increase 2. Decrease 3. Increasea)
Bead Smaller Bead 1. Decrease 2. Increase 3. Decreasea)

Height
and
Width Higher, Narrower 1. Increase 2. Trailing 3. Increase
Flatter, Wider 2. 90º or

1. Decrease 3. Decrease
Leading
Faster Deposition Rate 1. Increase 2. Increasea) 3. Smallerb)
Slower Deposition Rate 1. Decrease 2. Decreasea) 3. Largerb)
Key: 1. first choice, 2. second choice, 3. third choice, 4. fourth choice, and 5. fifth choice.
a) When these variables are changed, the wire feed speed must be adjusted so that the welding current remains constant.
b) See deposition rate section of welding variables section.
c) This change is especially helpful on materials 20 gauge and smaller thickness.
Butt Types of Joints Lap
There are Butt
Butt
Butt Butt Corner Lap
Lap Lap
only 5 basic types of joints.
Corner
They can,
CornerCorner
however,
Corner be used in
Lap
combinations.
1
8
B – Butt C – Corner L – Lap

2
9
Edge
E – Edge T T-Joint
– Tee 1 13
8
Edge Edge
4 12
Edge Edge T-Joint

T-Joint T-Joint
T-Joint
Types of Welds 1
1
5
8
8
21
14
8
9
1
8
Plug
2
Square-Groove
1
1 3 2
Slot
8 8
Double-J-Groove
2 9
Plug Plug
9
Plug
1
Plug Slot
9
Slot
8
Slot
6
Slot
1 16
Arc-Spot
1 2 8
Groove
1 8
15 9
8
1 2 3 2
or Arc-Seam
Groove
GrooveGroov
8 3
Single-V-Groove Groove
3 9 9
12 13
8 4 12
2 9
2 7
2 3 9
1
8 9
2 9
3 3
9 13
13
32 4 12
4 13 12
4 9 5 14
Single-Bevel-Groove
3 12
2
3
3 Single-Flare-V-Groove 10
Bead 13
3 9 4
12
Bead
13 13
3 4 4 12
5 12 14
Bead
14
Arc Seam
5
Bead Bead
13
Bead
4 5 12 14 6
13 16
3 4
Arc Seam
12
Arc
Double-V-Groove
13
Arc
ArcSeam
Seam
4 12 13 15
4 5 12 14
13
4 12 11
5 14 14
5 13
4 6 16
12 6 16
5 6 14 7 16
5 14 1315
4 5 12 14
Edge Weld 15
Plug
15
Double-Bevel-Groove 5 14
in a Flanged
6 16
5 14
6
Butt Joint
6 15 16 16
5 7 14
7
6 7 16 10
15 15
6 16
14
Edge Fillet
5 6 15 16
6 7 16
15
Single-U-Groove
Edge Edge
Edge Fillet Fillet
Fillet Fillet
6 15 16
7 7 15 10
6 15 16 10
7 10
7 15
6 7 16 11
7 10
7 15
10
Single Fillet 10
Double-U-Groove 7
10
10 11
7 10 11
10 11
10
1 10 11
8
Single-J-Groove 10
11
Double Fillet 11
11
Square Single-J
Square Single-JSingle-J Single-Bevel
Single-Bevel
11
11
SquareSquare Single-JSingle-Bevel
Single-Bevel
2
Square Single-J Single-Bevel

11
33
9
11
11
3 11
13
Weld Test Positions
Fillet Welds
FLAT POSITION HORIZONTAL POSITION VERTICAL POSITION OVERHEAD POSITION
1F 2F 3F 4F
Axis of Weld Axis of Weld Axis of Weld Axis of Weld

Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Horizontal
Groove Welds
FLAT POSITION HORIZONTAL POSITION VERTICAL POSITION OVERHEAD POSITION
1G 2G 3G 4G
Plates, Axis of Weld Plates vertical, Axis Plates vertical, Axis of Plates Overhead, Axis
Horizontal of Weld Horizontal Weld Vertical of Weld Horizontal
FLAT HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL FIXED 45º FIXED

1G 2G 5G 6G
“Bell Hole” “Arkansas Bell Hole”
45º ±5º
Pipe shall be turned or Pipe shall not be turned or

rolled while welding axis of rolled while welding axis of Pipe stationary with axis
pipe horizontal Axis of Pipe Vertical pipe horizontal approximately 45º
34
Welding Codes & Qualification of Welders
Before a welder can begin work on any job covered by a welding code, qualifi-
cation under the code that applies is required. Many different codes are in use
and it is required that the specific code is referred to when taking qualification
tests. In general the following type of work is covered by codes: pressure ves-
sels and pressure piping, highway and railway bridges, public buildings, tanks
and containers that will hold flammable or explosive materials, cross country
pipelines, aircraft, ordinance material, ships and boats, and nuclear facilities.
A qualified welding procedure is normally required.
Qualification is obtained differently under the various codes. Qualification un-

der one code will not necessarily qualify a welder to weld under a different
code. Qualification for an employer will not allow the welder to work for anoth-
er employer (except in cases where welders are qualified by an association of
employers). If the welder uses a different process or if the welding procedure
is altered drastically, requalification is required. In most codes, if the welder
is continually welding with the qualified procedure, welding requalification is
not required, providing the work performed meets the quality requirement. An
exception is the military aircraft code which requires periodical requalification.
Qualification tests may be given by responsible manufacturers or contractors.

The welding procedure must be qualified before the welders can be qualified.
To become qualified, the welder must make specified welds using the quali-
fied welding procedure.
The welding procedures include information such as : process, base metal,

thickness, electrode type position and joint design. In government specifica-
tions, a government inspector may witness the making of weld specimens.
Specimens must be properly identified and prepared for testing.
The most common test is the guided bend test. In some cases radiographic
(x-ray) examinations, fracture test or other tests are employed. Satisfactory
completion of test specimens, providing they meet acceptability standards,
will qualify the welder for specific types of welding. The welding allowed de-
pends on the particular code. In general, the code indicates the range of
thicknesses and the alloys which may be welded, and the positions which
may be employed.
The qualification of welders is an extremely technical subject and cannot be

adequately covered in this short publication. The actual code must be ob-
tained and studied prior to taking the test.
The most widely used codes are: Structural Welding Code – AWS D1.1;
Welding and Brazing Qualifications – Section IX of the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code; Standard for Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities
– API 1104; American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping – ANSI
B31.1; American Bureau of Shipping; Federal and Military Specifications.
These codes can be obtained from the sponsoring association.
35
Welding Symbols
AWS welding symbols are the shorthand of welding. They
enable the engineer and draftsman to convey complete
instructions-for-welding to the welder on blueprints and
drawings.
Company-wide use of welding symbols will result in the
following advantages:
1. Control of specific design instruction to the

shop regarding weld sizes and plate edge
preparation, eliminating the tendency for
over-welding or under welding (resulting in
either increased production costs or unsafe
fabrication) because of lack of definite infor-
mation.
2. Elimination of unnecessary details on

drawings when such detail is for the sole
purpose of indicating weld sizes and specifi-
cations. Welding notes will be minimized.
3. Establish a common understanding of

design intent and requirements between
engineering, shop, inspection, customer’s
representatives and code inspection au-
thorities. The benefits of this advantage are
readily apparent.
4. Standardization, not only within the com-

pany but industry-wise as well. AWS welding
symbols are a national standard and are used
worldwide.
The symbols shown on the following pages

are from “Standard Symbols for Welding,
Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination,”
A2.4, published by the American Welding
Society.
36
Location of Information on Welding Symbols
S or D(S)
37
Basic Welding Symbols and their
Location Significance No Arrow
Side or
Arrow Other Both Other Side
Type of Weld Side Side Sides Significance
Fillet not used
Plug or Slot ∅ ∅ not used not used
Spot or Projection not used
Stud not used not used not used
Seam not used
Back or Backing not used not used
Surfacing not used not used not used
Edge not used
G Square
R
O V not used
O
Bevel not used
V
E
U not used
W
J not used
E
L
Flare-V not used
D
S Flare Bevel not used
Scarf for not used

Brazed Joint
38
Typical Welding Symbols
Equal legs double fillet welding symbol
Desired Symbol
weld /
1
/4
14
/
14 1
/4
size (length
1
/2 1
/12/4
size (length 1/4 1/4 1
/4
of leg) of leg) /4/2
2 /4
size1/(length
1 1/4 1
11 1
1 /24
size (length 1/4 1/4/2 1 /4
1 1
/4
of Desired
size leg)
(lengthsizeofweldleg) Symbol /12 1
/2 1
1/4 Desired
(length weld Symbol
/
/ / /4/2
1
ofsizeleg)(length size (length
1
/ 2 1/4
1
2 42 1
of leg)
ofChain intermittent Desired —weld fillet
/2 1 welding Symbol /symbol 2Symbol 1
1
leg)(lengthDesired of leg) weld /2
1
size 1
/2
locate welds of leg) locate size (length
Desired weld
1
/2 length /2 of segments
Symbol
of welds
leg) Desired weld length Symbolof segments
at ends of Joint at ends
Desired Desiredof Joint weld
1
/2Desired Symbolweld Symbol Symbol
1
/2 length of segments
weld2 locate welds
2at ends22ofatJoint
locate
Desired welds weld 2-5 Symbol2-5 length of segments
locate welds ends2 of Joint Desired weldpitch
2 length (distance
of segments Symbol
locate welds 2-5 lengthpitch (distance
of segments
locate
at ends welds locate welds 2-5
between
length centers)
of segments length of segments
5 2 5 of 2Joint
at ends 2of 5 Joint 2 between centers)
ends2welds
atlocate of 5at
Joint
CL of weld
2
ends of Joint of
2-5 segments
length of pitch
2-5segments(distancepitch
of segments (distance
2 at ends2 of 2 Joint 2 2 welds2 CL of weld 2-5
locate between
pitch 2-5 length
(distance of segments
between
centers)
pitch (distancecenters)
2 5 2 at 2 5ends
5 2 of 25 2
Desired C ofJoint C weld 2-5 of segments
pitch
between of segments
(distance pitch (distance
centers)
between centers)
2 5weld2 5 5 2 L weld
Desired 5weld L ofSymbol of 2-5(distance
between
Symbol
segments
pitch between
centers)
ofpitch
segments centers)
5 2 5 5CL2of weld 5 2 CL of weld (distance
of segments
between of segments
centers)
Desired
5 Desired
weld
5 CL ofweld weld CL of weldSymbol Symbol
of segments between centers)
5 CL of 5
Staggered
locate welds
Desired weld Desired
locate intermittent
welds weld L of—
weld C length
weld fillet
of
Symbol welding
segments length
Symbol symbol
ofof segments
segments
at ends of Desired
Joint at ends weld Desired
of Jointweld 3-10 Symbol Symbol
Desired locate
Desired weldslocate welds
weld Symbol length 3-10
Symbol length of segments
of segments
3 3 at 3ends3welds Desired weld pitch (distance Symbol (distance
weld locate 3atJoint
of ends
locate3 of 3 Joint3
welds length of centers)
between lengthpitch
segments of segments
at endslocateofwelds Joint
at ends locate of welds
Joint
3-10 length 3-10 of segments lengthbetween
of segments
pitch
centers)
(distance
10 3atlocate 5 welds
3 33Joint 3ends
3 3of5Joint 3 of segments
3-10length of pitch (distance
of segments
ends of at
10
CLlocate 3-10 segments between centers)
3 at ends 3 of3 Joint3 of weld welds C 3-10 between
pitch length
3-10(distance centers)
of segments
pitch (distance
1033 of 3 Joint 3 L of weld of segments
pitch of segments
(distance pitch (distance
Desired 3 weld 10 3 3at35ends 35 3C Symbol 3-10 between centers)
between centers)
C 3-10
between
Symbol between
centers) centers)
3 103 3Desired
5 103 L weld
of5weld L of weld ofpitch
segments (distance
ofpitch
segments (distance
10 3weld 5 310CL of 3 weld 53 CL of weld Symbolbetween of segments of segments
centers)
Desired Desired weld
CL of weld CL of weld Symbol between centers)
10 5 of segments
Desired weld10 CLweld 5 Symbol Symbol of segments
45 Desired Desired weld Desired
45 of weld
weld CL of weld 1Symbol/ Symbol
Desired weld 45
Single-V-groove welding 45
8
Symbol
symbol 1
/8
45 Desired weld 1 Symbol
45
Desired 1 Symbol /8
1
/8
root opening /8 root opening 45 45 groove angle 1 45
/8 145
weld 45 1/8 45 /8 1 angle
groove
root opening 45/8
1 /8
45 opening
root
root opening
Desired root weld
1
/8 45
opening 1
/8 45 Symbol
145
groove
/8 groove
angle 45 angle
root opening Desired weld Symbol
root
45 opening
1
root /8 opening
/
root opening
1
8 1
/8 groove angle groove
45 angle
root opening root
Desired
1 opening 1/8
/8 weldDesired weld Symbol groove
root
Symbol opening rootgroove
angle opening angle
root opening depth of preparationroot depth
opening of root
preparation
opening
Desired
1
/ weld
Desired Symbol Symbol groove angle
/8 weld
8
root opening 1
groove angle
60Desired weld Desired weld 1/2 (5/8) Symbol rootSymbol opening
5 depth root of preparation
(5/8) weld size 60 60 depth1of /2 (preparation
/8) opening
Single-V-groove 5 )/2weld size
welding 1symbol indicating depth 60 of of preparation
1
(Desired
/8 weld /weld Symbol depth of1 preparation
60 Desired 60
2
1 groove Symbol
angle depth preparation
(5/8) weld size /2 ( depth
5
/8) 60 of /2 (preparation
5
/8)depth
60 groove of preparation
angle
(5/8) weld size 60 /2
1 1
/2
Desired 60 Symbol 1
/2 (5/depth
8) of
1 preparation
/2 (15/8depth
)5 60 groove
(5/8) weld size 5 ) weld
(weld
/8 5 60Desired /2 60 5 60 groove angle
of preparation
weld Desired size 2 ( /8angle
1
( /8)60 weld
1
/2 Symbol 1
/ ( / ) Symbol 60
60 / )
( /8) weld size
5 weld1/2size 1
/2
2 8
(5/8) weldDesired 60weld

1
/2 (5/8) 60groove angle groove angle
size weld
( /8) weld size
1
/
Desired
2 Symbol
1
/
groove
Symbol 2 ( /8) angle
5
60 groove angle
5 1
/2
Desired weld Desired weld Symbol Symbol groove angle
Desired weld Desired weld groove angle
Symbol Symbol
Desired weld Symbol
Desired weld Symbol
Double-Bevel-groove welding symbol
Omission of
Desired grooveSymbol
angle 45 size dimen- Omission
weld sion indicates
groove angle size dimen
45 Omission of size a total depth 45 sion indica
45dimension indicates of chamfering a total dep
45
a total depth of equal to of chamfe
chamfering equal to thickness of 45 equal to
1
/8 thickness of members. members thickness
Desired weld 1
/8 Symbol members
Desired weld Symbol
39
Size (diameter Ø 1/2 1
/2
of hole at root) 45Size Depth of filling
(diameter Ø 1/2 1
/2
in inches
of hole at root) 45 Depth of fill
Included angle in inches
of countersink Included ang
of countersin
Omission of
Omission of
groove angle size dimen-
Omission Omission
sizeof dimen-of
Omission of
groove angle
45 45 sion indicates
groove angle groove angle size
Omissiondimen- size
sion of dimen-
sizeindicates
dimen-
45 45 groove45 angle 45 45 a
siontotal
size depth
indicates
dimension indicates
groove angle 45 a total depth
sion indicates
45 45 of chamfering ofa total
45 45 a total
sion depth
indicates total depth
achamfering depth
Typical Welding Symbols
45 45 equaltotaltodepth of
45 45
45 equal
of
a chamfering of chamfering
equal to
chamfering
thickness
of to
chamfering of
equal
thickness to
equal to of
1
/8 /8 45 members
thickness thickness
of of
1
equal tomembers thickness of
/8
DesiredDesired
weld
1 1
weld/ Symbol members
Symbol thicknessmembers members
of
Plug
/8 welding symbol
1 8
Desired Desired
weld
1
/ weld
Desired weld
8 Symbol Symbol members
Symbol
Desired weld
Desired SymbolSymbol
weld Size (diameter Ø 1/2 1/2 Ø 1/2 1/2
Size (diameter
Ø 1/2 145 /2 Ø 1/2 1//22 ofDepth
of hole at root) ØDepth filling of filling
1
Size ofSize
(diameter (diameter 1
hole at root)
Size (diameter /2 45
atof hole
hole atat root) /2 Depth
in inches Depth
inchesof of filling
of hole(diameter
root) Ø 1/2 45
45 ofinfilling
1
Size of root) 45 Depth filling
of hole at root) 45 Depth ofin
in inches inches
filling
in inches
Included
in inches angle
Included angle
of countersink
Included Included
ofangle
countersink
Included angle
angle
of countersink
Included of countersink
angle
of countersink
DesiredDesired
weld weld of countersink
Desired Desired
weld
Desired Slot welding symbol
weld
weld
Desired weld
Desired Symbol 3
/8 3
/8
weld /8 Depth 3/8 ofDepth
/8 filling of filling
3 3
Orientation Orientation /8 Depth
in inches Depth
inchesof
ofinfilling of filling
3
must bemust
Orientation Orientation
be Depth filling
Orientation inDepth
inches ofin
in inches
filling
inches
shown
must beinshown
Orientation must be
must bein
drawing shown in inches
shown
must be shown in
indrawing in
shown indrawing
drawing drawing
DesiredDesired
weld weld drawing
Desired Desired
weld
Desired weld
weld
Desired weld Spot welding symbol Size (diameter
Size (diameter of weld)of weld)
GTAW strength
Size
GTAW(diameterin
Sizelb. per
strength
Size weld
(diameter lb. perof
ofinweld)
(diameter weld)
ofweld
weld)
Desired 0.25 20.25 GTAW 2 strength
may be used instead
Size
GTAW strength
in
(diameter
may lb.
strength per
be of in
weld
usedweld)
in lb. per
per weld
instead
lb. weld
weld 0.25 (2) 2 0.25 (2) 2
0.25 2may
GTAW
be may
used be
insteadused instead
GTAW
(2) strength
ProcessProcess in lb.
reference per
may bereference weld
usedmustinstead
0.25(2) 2 (2) be may be used instead
must
(2) used
Process to indicate
Process
reference
be reference
used toreference
Process indicate must
must must
process
be
Process desired
usedprocessbe
to
be used
indicate
reference to
tomust
useddesired indicate
indicate
process
be used
Pitch process
desired
to
(distance indicate
process desired
between
desired
Pitch (distance between
process
center)
Pitch of desired
welds(distance
Pitch
(distance
center) of welds between
between
Pitch (distance between
DesiredDesired
weld weld center)
Number center)
ofof
Pitch (distance welds
weldsbetween
center) of welds
Desired Desired
weld weld Number of welds
Desired weld center)
Number of of welds
Number
welds of welds
Desired weld Symbol Number of welds
Number of welds
Symbol to indicate single-pass back weld
Groove weld made before
Groove weld made beforewelding other side
Desired Groove weld made before Symbol
welding other side
Groove weld made before Groove
Groove weld
weld made
made before
before
weld welding
welding other
other sidesidewelding
welding other
other side
side
Desired weld Symbol

Desired weld Symbol
Desired
Desired weld
weld Symbol
Symbol
Desired
Desired weld
weld Symbol
Symbol
Double-V-groove weld indicating a backing strip is to be used
Spacer
Desired Spacer Symbol
Spacer
weld Spacer Spacer
Spacer
See Note
See Note
SeeSeeNoteNote See Note
Note: Material andSee Note
dimension
Desired weld of spacer as specified
Note: Material and dimension
Desired weld ofNote:
Note: Material
spacer asand
Material and dimension
specified
dimension
Note:
Note: Material
Material andand dimension
dimension
Desired weld of spacer as specified
of spacer
Desired weld Desired
Desired weld as specifiedof spacer
weld of spacer
as as specified
specified Symbol
Single-V-groove weld indicating a backing strip is toSymbol
be used
R Symbol
Symbol Symbol
Symbol
Desired Symbol
R
weld R R R R
R = Removed
R = Removed after welding
Spacer R= R
after=welding
Removed
Removed R =RRemoved
= Removed
Spacer afterafter welding
welding after
after welding
welding
Spacer
Spacer Desired weld Symbol
Spacer
Spacer
Desired weld Symbol
Desired weld Symbol
40 Desired weld Desired
Desired weldSymbol
weld Symbol
Symbol
/32
3
3
/32
/32 /32
3
3
/32 3/32
3
Size (thickness of
Size (thickness of a surfacing weld) /32
3
a Size (thickness
surfacing weld) of
Spacer See Note
Note: Material andNote:dimension
Material and dimension
See Note as specified
of spacer
Desired weld Desired weld of spacer as specified See Note
Desired weld Symbol
Desired weld Desired weldof spacer as specifiedof spacer as specified
Symbol Symbol
Desired weld Desired weldof spacer as specified
of spacer as specified
Symbol Symbol
3 R
/32 R
Symbol Symbol
R R
R = Removed R = Removed
Size (thickness of Typical Welding Symbols
Spacer Spacer
R welding after
after R welding
R = Removed R = Removed
a surfacing weld) after welding
3
/32 after welding
Spacer Desired weld R = Removed
Symbol R = SymbolRemoved
Size of surface built up by welding
Desired weldSpacer after welding after welding
Spacer Desired weld Desired weld
Spacer Symbol Symbol
Desired Symbol
Desired weld Desired weld Symbol Symbol
weld First operation
/32
shown on/32reference
3 3
1st line nearest 3 arrow.

/32 3
/32
2nd Second operation or
Size (thicknessSize
of (thickness of 3rd
3
/32
supplementary data. 3/32
a surfacing weld)
a surfacing weld) Third operation or
Size (thickness ofSize3/32 3
/32
(thickness of text information.
a surfacing weld)a surfacing weld)
Size (thickness of 3
/32 of
Size (thickness 3
/32
a surfacing weld)a surfacing weld)
3
Symbols with multiple reference lines
/32 3
/32
First operation First operation
Desired /
18 Symbolshown on reference
shown on reference
1st 1st First
line operation
nearest lineFirst
arrow. nearest arrow.
weld 2nd 1/8 Secondshown on reference
operation
2nd 1st First line operation
operation shown
Second
or on reference
operation or
1st nearest arrow.
First operation
line nearest data.
arrow.
3rd 2nd 3rd supplementary
shown on referencesupplementary
data.
Second shown
operation on reference
or
1st 2ndlineThird
1stEdge nearest arrow.Third
line
operation Second operation
operation
nearest
ordata. or
arrow. or
3rd weld size
supplementary
2nd text information.
2nd3rd Second operation or supplementary
text
Second
information. data.
operation or
Third operation
supplementary data. orThird operation or
3rd 3rd supplementary data.
text information. text information.
Desired weld Symbol
Third operation or Third operation or
text information. text information.
/8
1 Edge/ weld symbol
1
8
Desired /
18
/8
1 Symbol1/8 1
/8
weld /8
1 1
/8 1
/8
Edge weld sizeEdge/8weld size
1
1
/8 1
/8
Edge weld size Edge weld size
Edge weld size Edge weld size
Supplementary Welding Symbols

Weld Field Melt- Consumable Backing
Around Weld thru Insert Spacer
Contour
Flush or
Flat Convex Concave
41
General Welding Safety
Essentially, welding is not a hazardous occupation if proper
precautionary measures are always observed. This requires
continuous awareness of possibilities of danger and habitual safety
precaution by the welders. They
For Goggles or Helmet
have an obligation to learn safe
practices, to obey safety rules and Operation Shade
No.
regulations, and to work in a safe
Soldering 2
manner. It is the responsibility
of supervisors to enforce safety Torch Brazing 3 or 4
rules and regulations set forth in Up to 1 inch 3 or 4

ANSI Z49.1 available from http:// Oxygen
Cutting1-6 inches 4 or 5
www.aws.org.
6 inches and over 5 or 6
The Occupational Safety and Up to 1 inch 4 or 5
Health Administration (OSHA)

Welding
Gas
1-6 inches 5 or 6
requires that employers must
6 inches and over 6 or 8
have a comprehensive hazard
communication program Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW, TIG)
to inform employees about

Nonferrous
Welding
Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW, MIG)

Metal
11
hazardous substances that 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8” and 5/32” electrodes
might be used in the workplace. Plasma Arc Welding (PAW)
The purpose of the Material Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW, TIG)
Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) is
Welding
Ferrous
Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW, MIG)

Metal
to explain the hazards involved 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8” and 5/32” electrodes
11
in handling/using products such Plasma Arc Welding (PAW)

as welding consumables and the
1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8” and 5/32” electrodes 10
precautionary measures which
Shielded Metal
(SMAW, Stick)
Arc Welding
must be put in place for safe 1/16”, 7/32” and 1/4” electrodes 12
welding. 5/16” and 3/8” electrodes 14
Safety Precautions for Arc Welding

1. Make sure your arc welding equipment is installed properly and
grounded and is in good working condition.
2. Always wear protective clothing suitable for the welding to be done.
3. Always wear proper eye protection when welding, cutting, or grind-
ing. Do not look at the arc without proper eye protection.
4. Avoid breathing the air in the fume plume directly above the arc.
5. Keep your work area clean and free of hazards. Make sure that
no flammable, volatile, or explosive materials are in or near the
work area.
42
6. Handle all compressed gas cylinders with extreme care. Keep
caps on when not in use.
7. Make sure that compressed gas cylinders are secured to the wall
or other structural supports.
8. When compressed gas cylinders are empty, close the valve and
mark the cylinder “empty”.
9. Do not weld in a confined space without taking special precautions.
10. Do not weld on containers that have held combustibles without
taking special precautions.
11. Do not weld on sealed containers or compartments without pro-
viding vents and taking special precautions.
12. Use mechanical exhaust at the point of welding when welding
lead, cadmium, chromium, manganese, brass, bronze, zinc, or
galvanized steel, and when welding in a confined space.
13. When it is necessary to weld in a damp or wet area, wear rubber
boots and stand on a dry, insulated platform.
14. Do not use cables with frayed, cracked or bare spots in the insula-
tion.
15. When the electrode holder is not in use, hang it on brackets pro-
vided. Never let it touch a compressed gas cylinder.
16. Dispose of electrode stubs in proper containers since stubs on
the floor are a safety hazard.
17. Shield others from the light rays produced by your welding arc.
18. Do not weld near degreasing operations.
19. When working above ground, make sure that scaffold, ladder or
work surface is solid and properly secured.
20. When welding in high places, use a safety belt or lifeline.
Safety Precautions for Oxyacetylene Welding and Cutting
1. Make sure that all gas apparatus shows UL or FM approval, is

installed properly, and is in good working condition. Make sure
that all connections are tight before lighting the torch. Do not use a
flame to inspect for tight joints. Use soap solution to detect leaks.
2. Always wear protective clothing suitable for welding or flame cutting.
3. Keep work area clean and free from hazardous materials. When
flame cutting, sparks can travel 30 to 40 feet (10 to 15 m). Do not
allow flame cut sparks to hit hoses, regulators, or cylinders.
43
4. Handle all compressed gas cylinders with extreme care. Keep
cylinder caps on when not in use.
5. Make sure that all compressed gas cylinders are secured to the
wall or to other structural supports. Keep acetylene cylinders in
the vertical position.
6. Store compressed gas cylinders in a safe place with good venti-
lation. Acetylene cylinders and oxygen cylinders should be kept
apart.
7. When compressed gas cylinders or fuel gas cylinders are empty,
close the valve and mark the cylinder “empty”.
8. Use oxygen and acetylene or other fuel gases with the appropriate
torches and only for the purpose intended.
9. Avoid breathing the air in the fume plume directly above the flame.
10. Never use acetylene at a pressure in excess of 15 psi (103.4 K
Pa). Higher pressure can cause an explosion.
11. Never use oil, grease, or any material on any apparatus or thread-
ed fittings in the oxyacetylene or oxyfuel system. Oil and grease
in contact with oxygen may cause spontaneous combustion..
12. Do not weld or flame cut in a confined space without taking special
precautions.
13. When assembling apparatus, crack gas cylinder valve before
attaching regulators (cracking means opening the valve on the
cylinder slightly, then closing.) This blows out any accumulated
foreign material. Make sure that all threaded fittings are clean and
tight.
14. Always use this correct sequence and technique for lighting a
torch:

(a) Open acetylene cylinder valve.
(b) Open acetylene torch valve 1/4 turn.
(c) Screw in acetylene regulator, adjusting valve handle to working
pressure.
(d) Turn off acetylene torch valve (you will have purged the acety-
lene line).
(e) Slowly open oxygen cylinder valve all the way.
(f) Open oxygen torch valve 1/4 turn.
(g) Screw in oxygen regulator screw to working pressure.
(h) Turn off oxygen torch valve (you will have purged the oxygen
line).
44
(i) Open acetylene torch valve 1/4 turn and light with lighter
(use friction-type lighter or special provided lighting
device only).
(j) Open oxygen torch valve 1/4 turn.
(k) Adjust to neutral flame.
15. Always use this correct sequence and technique of shutting
off a torch:
(a) Close acetylene torch valve first. Then close oxygen
torch valve.
(b) Close cylinder valves -- the acetylene valve first, then
the oxygen valve.
(c) Open torch acetylene and oxygen valves (to release
pressure in the regulator and hose).
(d) Back off regulator adjusting valve handle until no spring
tension is felt.
(e) Close torch valves.
16. Use mechanical exhaust when welding or cutting lead,
cadmium, chromium, manganese, brass, bronze, zinc, or
galvanized steel.
17. If you must weld or flame cut with combustible or volatile
materials present, take extra precautions, make out hot
work permit, and provide for a lookout, etc.
18. Do not weld or flame cut on containers that have held
combustibles without taking special precautions.
19. Do not weld or flame cut into sealed container or compart-
ment without providing vents and taking special precau-
tions.
20. Do not weld or cut in a confined space without taking special
precautions.
There must be continual vigilance over safety conditions

and safety hazards. Safety meetings should be held
regularly. The safety rules should be reissued annually
and they must be completely understood and enforced.
Safety rules and precautions should be posted in the
welding shop.
45
Welding Metals
Almost every metal known can be welded by one process or
another. The arc welding processes used primarily for steels
include Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW), Gas Metal Arc
Welding (GMAW) and Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW). Weld-
ing electrodes should be selected based on the composition
of the steel to be welded. Steels are manufactured and speci-
fied in many different ways. In general, steels are classified
according to the carbon content, that is, low carbon, medium
carbon or high carbon steels. In addition they are also classi-
fied according to the type of alloy employed, such as chrome
moly, nickel, manganese, etc. Steels are also sold under many
trade names and specifications. The following is a brief listing
of some of the specifications in use.
ASTM — The American Society for Testing and Materi-

als sponsors specifications covering many different types of
steels. Their specifications may be prefixed by their acronym
of ASTM.
API —The American Petroleum Institute specifies steels usu-

ally employed in pipe.
ASME — The American Society of Mechanical Engineers

specifies steels but in general utilize the same numbers as the
ASTM specifications.
Military and Federal Specification — The Government

specifications are usually indicated by the letters MIL or QQ.
SAE and AISI — The Society of Automotive Engineers and the

American Iron and Steel Institute have a very complete listing
of steels using code numbers that indicate the steel composi-
tion. Stainless steels are covered by the AISI numbers.
46
Steel Available for Welding
Steel warehouses located in most larger cities carry stocks of the popular sizes and
shapes of mild steel. Large requirements can be obtained direct from steel mills. The
following is a listing of the various shapes, sizes and types usually available.
Shapes — (Composition usually to ASTM Specs)

American Standard Beams — 6” to 24” – Specified: Depth by wt. per foot
Wide Flange Shapes 6” to 36” — Specified: Depth by wt. per foot
American Standard Channels — 3” to 18” – Specified: Depth by wt. per foot
Angles (equal and unequal legs) — 1 x 1 to 8 x 8 leg by leg by thickness
Structural Tees – These are split beams or wide flange shapes.
Misc. Light and Junior Sections — Lighter and thinner than above.
Misc. Sections such as Zee’s, pilings, rails, etc.
Bars — (Composition usually to AISI or SAE Specs)

Flats thickness — 1/4” to 4” by width 3/8” to 8”
Square — 1/4” sq.: to 2 3/4” sq. — Special 1/2” sq. to 6” square.
Rounds — 3/16” dia. to 2 7/8” dia. — Special 3/8” dia. to 9 1/2” dia.
Half Rounds — 1/2” to 3” (across diameter)
Hexagons — 1/2” to 1 3/8” (across flats)
Tubular — (Composition usually to ASTM or API Specs)

Pipe — Specified by nominal pipe diameter in inches.
Wall thickness specified by Schedule Number or by Standard,
Extra Strong or Double Extra Strong
Round Tubing — Seamless Mechanical
3/16” dia. O.D. wall thickness 24 gage to 16 gage to 10” dia. O.D. wall
thickness 1/4” to 1 1/8”.
Round Tubing — Welded Mechanical
3/8” dia. O.D. wall thickness 22 gage to 16 gage, to 6” dia.
O.D. wall thickness 11 gage to 1/4”
Square Tubing — Mechanical and Structural — Welded or Seamless
1/2” to 1/2” wall thickness 20 gage to 16 gage, to 4” x 4” wall thickness
11 gage to 3/16”.
Rectangular Tubing — Welded Mechanical
1 1/2” x 1” wall thickness 14 gage, to 4” x 2” wall thickness 3/16”.
Sheet and Plates — (Composition usually to ASTM or chemistry for end use)
Widths beyond 8 inches are considered sheet or plate — thickness above 3/16”
considered plates. Sheets specified by gage thickness. Plates specified by thickness
in inches or weight per square foot.
Misc.
Warehouses offer many other forms of steel such as dished heads for tanks, reinforc-
ing rods, etc. and flame cutting service.
Note — Trade names are often used to identify steel compositions.
47
Metal Low carbon Medium High carbon Chrome
Test mild steel carbon steel armor steel molybdenum steel
48
Appearance Dark grey Dark grey Dark grey Dark grey

Magnetic Strongly magnetic Strongly magnetic Strongly magnetic Strongly magnetic
Continuous chip, Continuous chip,
Hard to chip, Continuous chip, smooth
Chisel smooth edges, smooth edges,
can be continuous edges, chips easily
Identification of Metals
chips easily chips easily
Fracture Bright grey Very light grey Very light grey Bright grey, fine grain
Melts fast, becomes bright r Melts fast, becomes bright Melts fast, becomes bright Melts fast, becomes bright r
Flame
ed before melting red before melting red before melting ed before melting
Long yellow spark stream Yellow lines, sprigs Yellow lines, Smaller spark stream,
(Approx. 20% carbon or below) (Approx. .20% to .45% carbon) bright burst very clear minor branching
(approx. .45% carbon and above)
Spark
Metal High manganese Stainless Cast
Titanium
Test steel steel iron
Dull grey,
Appearance Dark cast surface Bright, silvery, smooth Bright, silvery
evidence of sand mold
Magnetic Non-magnetic Depends on exact analysis Strongly magnetic Non-magnetic
Continuous chip, Small chips about 1/8”, not easy
Chisel Extremely hard to chisel Hard to chisel
Identification of Metals
smooth, bright color to chip, brittle
Fracture Course grained Depends on type, bright Brittle Bright silver
Melts fast, becomes bright r Melts fast, becomes bright r Melts fast, becomes bright
Flame Shavings may burn
ed before melting ed before melting red before melting
Bright yellow/white spark stream, Very small spark stream, not Curved yellow spark lines, yellow, Very bright white spark stream
minor branching bright not bright with white star bursts
Spark
49
Typical Preheat for Various Metals
Base Metals Welded Preheat
Low Carbon and Mild Steel 70-100ºF (21-38ºC)
Medium Carbon Steel 250-500ºF (120-260ºC)
High Carbon Steel 500-600ºF (260-315ºC)
Low Alloy Nickel Steel

Less than 1/4 in. (6.4mm) thick 70-100ºF (21-30ºC)
Over 1/4 in (6.4mm) thick 500ºF (260ºC)
Carbon content below .20% 200-300ºF (92-150ºC)
Carbon Content .20% to .35% 600-800ºF (315-425ºC)
Carbon Content over .35% 900-1100ºF (480-595ºC)
Low Alloy Manganese Steel 400-600ºF (205-315ºC)
Low Alloy Chromium Steel 70-100ºF (21-38ºC)
Low Alloy Molybdenum Steel

Carbon Content below .15% 70-100ºF (21-38ºC)
Carbon Content above /15% 400-600ºF (205-315ºC)
High Strength Low Alloy Steel 150-300ºF 66-150ºC)
Austenitic Stainless Steel 70-100ºF (21-30ºC)
Ferritic Stainless Steel 150-500ºFG (66-260ºC)
Martensitic Stainless Steel 150-600ºF (66-315ºC)
Cast Irons 500-1100ºF (260-595ºC)
Copper and Copper Alloys 500-800ºF (260-425ºC)
Nickel and Nickel Alloys 70-100ºF (21-38ºC)
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys 70-100ºF (21-38ºC)
Magnesium Alloys 70-100ºF (21-38ºC)

Notes:
1. A preheat of up to 225ºF (107ºC) may be used for very thick sections, high joint restraint,
and for removal of water condensation.
2. A preheat of up to 300ºF (150ºC) may be used for welding on thick sections to
compensate for the high thermal conductivity of aluminum.
3. A preheat of 500-750ºF (260-400ºC) may be used for thin and highly restrained joints.
50
AISI-SAE Designation System for Carbon and Alloy Steels
Digits Type of Steel Nominal % of Alloy Content
10XX Plain carbon 1.00% Mn, max.
11XX Resulfurized .08-.13 C & .50-.80 Mn
12XX Resulfurized and rephosphorized 1.3 C & .60-.90 Mn
13XX Manganese 1.75 Mn
15XX Plain carbon steel 1.00-1.65 Mn
23XX Nickel steel 3.50 Ni
25XX Nickel steel 5.00 Ni
31XX Nickel-chromium steel 1.25 Ni, .65 & .80Cr
32XX Nickel-chromium steel 1.75 Ni, 1.07 Cr
33XX Nickel-chromium steel 3.50 Ni, 1.50 & 1.57 Cr
34XX Nickel-chromium steel 3.00 Ni, .77 Cr
40XX Molybdenum steel .20 & .25 Mo
41XX Chromium-molybdenum steel .50, .80 & .90 Cr, .12,.20, .25 & .30 Mo
43XX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel 1.82 Ni, .50 & .80Cr, .25 Mo
43BVXX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel 1.82 Ni, .50 & .80 Cr, .12 & .25 Mo, .03 V
44XX Molybdenum steel .40& .52 Mo
46XX Nickel-molybdenum steel 1.05 Ni, .45 Cr, .20 & .35 Mo
47XX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel 1.05 Ni, .45 Cr, .20 & .35 Mo
50XX Chromium steel .27, .40, .50 &.65 Cr
51XX Chromium steel .80, .87, .92, 1.00 & 1.05 Cr
50XXX Chromium steel .50 Cr, 1.00 C min
51XXX Chromium steel 1.02 Cr, 1.00 C min
52XXX Chromium steel 1.45 Cr, 1.00 C min
61XX Chromium-vanadium steel .60, .80 & .95 Cr; .10 & .15 V min
72XX Tungsten-chromium steel 1.75 W, .75 Cr
81XX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel .30 Ni, .40 Cr, .12 Mo
87XX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel .55, .50 Cr, .25 Mo
92XX Silicon-manganese steel 1.40 & 2.00 Si; .65, .82 & .85 Mn; .00 & .65 Cr
93XX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel 3.25 Ni, 1.20 Cr, .12 Mo
94XX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel .45 Ni, .40 Xe, .12 Mo
98XX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel 1.00 Ni, .80 Cr, .25 Mo
Extracted from “Weldability of Steels” by R.D. Stout, 1987. Welding Research Council, New York, NY.
51
Cost Saving Tips
Welding is the most economical method of joining metals. However, we should

all be on the lookout for ways to save time and materials to make welding the
most advantageous. The following hints will help to lower arc welding costs.
Material — Select an easily weldable material that will not require expensive
electrodes or complicated welding procedures.
Joint Design — On heavier
material, double bevel and V joints
save considerable weld material. Of
course, it is necessary to be able to
weld both sides.
Rolled Sections and Forming — Use bends and rolled angle channels,
etc., to reduce the number of weld joints required.
Distortion Control — Use wandering or back step sequence to reduce
warpage and keep material in line to reduce the machining necessary.
Proper Fit-up — Wide gaps between pieces to be welded waste weld
metal. Fillets must be increased by the amount of gap to maintain strength.
VS VS
Fillet Weld Size — Fillet weld size

must be closely controlled. Doubling
the size of a fillet requires four times
as much weld metal.
Convexity and Reinforcement — Extra

reinforcement and unequal legged fillets
waste weld metal. The crown or reinforce-
Convexity Reinforcement ment adds little to the strength of the weld.
Positioning — Position the job for flat welding if at all possible. This is the
most efficient position. It allows use of larger electrodes. It is easier and more
comfortable for the welder.
Arc Length — Keep a short arc or low voltage. This will concentrate all of the
welding current in the joint and will minimize spatter.
Electrode Type — Select the higher production type electrode for cost sav-
ings. See description in electrode section of booklet.
52
Use Largest Size Electrode Possible
electrode size
5 10 15 20 25 30
Feet 3/32”
of joint 1/8” 3/8"
welded 5/32”
per hour 3/16” Butt Weld
(approx.) 3/32”
1/4”
Electrode Size — Use the largest size electrode possible. Large size stick
electrodes cost less and increase the welding speed. This is generally true
in wire electrodes.
Stub Ends — Burn electrodes to a 2 inch length or use the continuous wire
electrodes.
Machine Efficiency — Match the welding machine to the job. Too small a
machine is inefficient since it may be operated beyond its capacity. Machines
should be checked periodically for loose connections, wire, etc.
Loose Connections — Check cables, connectors, electrode holders for hot
spots. Loose connections or broken wire will show up as hot spots which waste
power. Correct them when found.
Cable Size and Length — Too small welding cable will heat up. Heat pro-
duced in the cable is wasteful. It is not doing useful work. Cables that are too
long waste power, and causes a voltage drop at the holder. Excessive cable
wrapped in coils is also very wasteful. Use the proper size cable and keep
cable to reasonable lengths for efficiency.
Suggested power cable size guide

Input Ampere Rating of Welder Power Cable
Motor Driven Rectifier or Transform Rectifier or Transform Wire Size
Three Phase Single Phase Three Phase A.W.G.
Up to 24A Up to 30A Up to 24A 10
24 to 32A 30 to 40A 24 to 32A 8
32 to 44A 40 to 55A 32 to 44A 6
44 to 64A 55 to 70A 44 to 64A 4
64 to 76A 70 to 95A 64 to 76A 2
76 to 88A 95 to 110A 76 yo 88A 1
88 to 100A 110 to 125A 88 to 100A 1/0
100 to 130A 125 to 165A 100 to 130A 2/0
130 to 155A 185 to 195A 130 to 155A 4/0
AWG = AmericanWire Gauge.
Source: NFPA 70: National Electrical Code. National Fire Protection Association. Quincy, MA.
53
Suggested copper welding cable size guide
Weld Weld Length of Cable in Feet – Cable Size A.W.G.
Type Current 60' 100' 150' 200' 300' 400'
100 4 4 4 2 1 1/0
150 2 2 2 1 2/0 3/0
200 2 2 1 1/0 3/0 4/0
Manual 250 2 2 1/0 2/0
(Low
Duty 300 1 1 2/0 3/0
Cycle) 350 1/0 1/0 3/0 4/0
400 1/0 1/0 3/0
450 2/0 2/0 4/0
500 2/0 2/0 4/0
400 4/0 4/0
Automatic
(High 800 4/0 (2) 4/0 (2)
Duty 1200 4/0 (3) 4/0 (3)
Cycle)
1600 4/0 (4) 4/0 (4)
Note: Length of cable circuit equals total electrode and work cable.
Voltage drop per 100 feet of lead

Welding Cable Size (A.W.G.) and Voltage Drop
Current
Amperes 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0
50 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.3 .03
75 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 .04
100 1.8 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.7 .06
125 2.3 1.7 1.4 1.1 1.0 .07
150 2.8 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.1 .09
175 3.3 2.8 2.0 1.7 1.3 1.0
200 3.7 3.0 2.4 2.0 1.5 1.2
250 4.7 3.6 3.0 2.4 1.8 1.5
300 4.4 3.4 2.8 2.2 1.7
350 4.0 3.2 2.5 2.0
400 4.6 3.7 2.9 2.3
450 4.2 3.2 2.6
500 4.7 3.6 2.8
550 3.9 3.1
600 4.3 3.4
650 3.7
700 4.0
54
8 Factors to Consider
When Selecting Electrodes
1. Base Metal Strength Properties

2. Base Metal Composition
3. Welding Position
4. Welding Current
5. Joint Design and Fit-up
6. Thickness and Shape of Base Metal
7. Service Condition and/or Specifications
8. Production Efficiency and Job Conditions
1. Base Metal Strength Properties

Know and match mechanical properties. Mild steel — generally E-60XX or
E-70XX electrodes match base metal. Low alloy steel — select electrodes
that match base metal properties.
2. Base Metal Composition
Know and match composition. Mild steel — any E-60XX or E-70XX electrode
is satisfactory. Low alloy steel — select electrode that most closely matches
base metal composition.
3. Welding Position
Match electrode to welding position encountered.
4. Welding Current
Match power supply available. Some electrodes are designed for direct
current (DC); others, alternating current (AC); some, either. Observe correct
polarity.
5. Joint Design and Fit-up
Select for penetration characteristic — digging, medium, or light. No bevel-
ing or tight fit-up — use digging. Thin material or wide root opening — light,
soft arc.
6. Thickness And Shape of Base Metal
To avoid weld cracking on thick and heavy material of complicated design,
select electrode with maximum ductility. Low hydrogen processes or elec-
trodes are recommended.
7. Service Condition and/or Specifications
Determine service conditions — low temperature, high temperature, shock
loading — match base metal composition, ductility and impact resistance.
Use low hydrogen process. Also, check welding procedure or specification
for electrode type.
8. Production Efficiency and Job Conditions
For high deposition and most efficient production under flat position require-
ments, select high iron powder types or large diameter wires: For other
conditions, you may need to experiment with various electrodes and sizes.
55
Metal Cored Wire
Edited from an article by Steve Barhorst and
used with permission from Hobart Brothers Company.
Metal cored wire is a tubular electrode that consists of a metal

sheath and a core of various powdered materials, primarily iron.
The core contributes almost entirely to the deposited weld metal.
What applications benefit from metal cored wire?

• Solid wire in the flat and horizontal positions where spray
transfer is being used.
• Many gas shielded, flux cored, and some submerged arc
applications.
• Multiple-pass robotic and automatic welding
• Other applications determined by weld cost calculations
or quality issues (compensating for poor fit-up, bead
appearance, burn-through).
Why use metal cored wire?

• Can save $100 to
$200 for every 100
pounds of weld metal
deposited.
• High deposition rates
and travel speeds.
• No slag; almost no
spatter.
• Little or no post-weld
cleanup or cleaning
between passes.
• Excellent side-wall fusion and root penetration.
• Ability to bridge part gaps without burn-through.
• Ability to weld thin materials at high amperages without
burn-through.
• Capability to weld out-of-position with pulsed spray or short-
circuit transfer.
• Compliance with ABS, DNV, API, LRS, ANSI, and AWS
standards.
56
Solid Wire
Metal Cored Wire
57
Oven storage and reconditioning of stick electrodes
Storage of Contents
Item Designation of Open Cartons* Reconditioning*
Dry at Not
Mild Steel – 6010, 6011 room temperature recommended
Mild Steel – 6013, 6022, 7014, 7024 100°F – 130°F 250°F – 300°F, 1 hr.
Dry at Not
Mild Steel Low Alloy – 7010, 8010, 9010 room temperature recommended
Mild Steel, Low Alloy, Low Hydrogen –

7018, 8018, 9015, 9018, 10018, 9010, 250°F – 300°F 500°F – 800°F, 1-2 hrs.
7018, 8018, 9015, 9018, 10018, 9010,
11018, 12018
Stainless Steel Stick Electrodes

DC Lime (AWS-15)
Sterling AP & AC/DC (AWS-16) 225°F – 260°F 500°F – 600°F, 1 hr.
Smootharc Plus (AWS-16)
Sterling (AWS-17)
Hardalloy® Surfacing 225°F – 260°F 450°F – 600°F, 1 hr.
Special Maintenance GP 225°F – 260°F 500°F, 1 hr.
Cast Iron Electrodes 215°F – 230°F 250°F – 300°F, 1 hr.
* Remove any packaging that may be damaged from oven storage or reconditioning.
Welding electrodes may be damaged by entry of damp air which may be picked up by the
atmospheric moisture. The following table product and lower its quality. Humidity below 50%
recommends proper storage conditions, and time should be avoided for 6010, 6011, 6012 and 6013
and temperature for reconditioning electrodes that electrodes. At no time should these classes of
have absorbed excess moisture. electrodes be stored in an oven above 130°F.
Notes for table: Pallets and unopened cartons of The instruction, “Dry at Room Temperature” in the
electrodes should be stored away from exposure table signifies that the humidity should be below
to water in the form of rain, snow, spray, or 70% and the temperature should be within the
humidity. Only hermetically sealed cans are safe limits 40°F to 120°F.
against these conditions. Damaged cartons permit
58
Shielding Gas Gas Composition Gas Reaction Application Remarks
Least expensive inert gas,
Argon Air Inert Nonferrous metals
provides spray transfer
Higher heat in arc use on heavier
Shielding Gases and Their Uses

Argon + 50% Ar Al, Mg, Copper
Inert thickness – less porosity,
Helium 50% He & their alloys
provides spray transfer
Argon + Argon +
Oxidizing* Stainless steel Oxygen provides arc stability
Oxygen 1-2% O
Argon + Argon +
Oxidizing Mild & Low Alloy Provides spray transfer
Oxygen 3.5% )
Smooth weld surface,

Argon + 75% Ar Slightly Mild & Low Alloy Steels
reduces penetration,
Carbon Dioxide 25% CO2 oxidizing (also some stainless with GMAW)
short circuiting
Helium + 90% He +
Provides arc stability, helpful in out of
Argon + 7.5% Ar + Essentially Inert Stainless Steel and some Alloys
position welding, short circuiting
Carbon Dioxide 2.5% CO2
Helium + 75% He Higher heat input than Ar,
Inert Al, Mg, Copper & their Alloys
Argon 25% Ar minimum porosity
Mild & Low Alloy steels Least expensive gas, deep penetration,
Carbon Dioxide CO2 Oxidizing
(also some stainless steels) short circuiting or globular
Essentially Copper & Copper Alloys & purging Has high heat input, not popular
59
Nitrogen N2
Inert stainless steel pipe & tubing in North America, globular
How to Calculate HORIZONTAL
Filler Metal FILLET
Consumption
The following tables will help
you estimate electrode quantity
and cost for a variety of joints. L
The bases for the tabulations are
explained below. L
Should you encounter a variation in

conditions or joint preparation that
is not shown in the tables, substitute
appropriate figures in the W=D/(1-
L) formula and calculate it.
SQUARE GROOVE
Electrode requirements have been BUTT JOINTS
calculated as follows:
W = D
1-L ...Welded one side
R= 0.07
W = Weight of electrodes B
required
T
D = Weight of steel deposited
L = Total electrode losses G
...Welded both sides
If root of top weld is chipped or flame gouged
To arrive at the weight of steel and welded, add 0.07 lb. to steel deposited (equivalent
deposited, it is necessary to approx. 0.13 lb. of electrodes.
to calculate first the volume of B
deposited metal (area of the groove R= 0.07
multiplied by the length). Then this T
volumetric value is converted to
weight by the factor 0.283 pounds R= 0.07 G
per cubic inch for steel. Where
weld reinforcement is involved, it is
added to the requirements for net,
unreinforced welds. V-GROOVE
BUTT JOINT
These figures are based on the
efficiency of the process used. On
square and V-groove joints, the
figures are based on stick electrode 60º
R= 0.08
efficiency. For tubular wire results, B
divide steel deposit weight by .80,
and for solid wire, divide by .90. T
G 1/8
60
Size of Fillet Pounds of Electrodes Pounds of steel
L required per linear foot deposited per linear
(inches) of weld* (Approximate) foot of weld
1/8 0.048 0.027

3/16 0.113 0.063
1/4 0.189 0.106
5/16 0.296 0.166
3/8 0.427 0.239
1/2 0.760 0.425
5/8 1.185 0.663
3/4 1.705 0.955
1 3.030 1.698
Joint Pounds of Electrodes Pounds of steel

Dimensions required per linear foot deposited per linear
Matl. Bead Root Without With Without With

Thick Width Open Reinforce- Reinforce- Reinforce- Reinforce-
T B O ment ment ment ment
0 – 0.16 – 0.088
3/16 3/8
1/16 0.04 0.20 0.020 0.109
1/16 0.05 0.23 0.027 0.129
1/4 7/16
3/32 0.07 0.26 0.039 0.143
1/16 0.06 0.27 0.033 0.153
5/16 1/2
3/32 0.09 0.30 0.050 0.170
0 – 0.21 – 0.119
1/8 1/4
1/32 0.03 0.24 0.013 0.132
1/32 0.04 0.36 0.020 0.199
3/16 3/8
1/16 0.07 0.39 0.040 0.218
1/16 0.10 0.47 0.053 0.261
1/4 7/16
3/32 0.14 0.53 0.080 0.288
Joint Pounds of Electrodes Pounds of steel

Dimensions required per linear foot deposited per linear
Matl. Bead Root Without With Without With

Thick Width Open Reinforce- Reinforce- Reinforce- Reinforce-
T B O ment ment ment ment
1/4 0.207 1/16 0.15 0.25 0.085 0.143

5/16 0.311 3/32 0.31 0.46 0.173 0.258
3/8 0.414 1/8 0.50 0.70 0.282 0.394
1/2 0.558 1/8 0.87 1.15 0.489 0.641
3/4 0.702 1/8 1.35 1.68 0.753 0.942
3/4 0.847 1/8 1.94 2.35 1.088 1.320
0.81 1.138 1/8 13.45 4.00 1.930 2.240
61
How AWS classifies mild steel
covered electrodes – SMAW process
E 70 18 -1H4 R
Electrode
Tensile in ksi
Position
Type of coating and current
Meets lower temperature impact requirements
Hydrogen: H4 = less than 4ml/100g
H8 = less than 8ml/100g
Meets requirements of absorbed moisture test
Position
1 Flat, Horizontal, Vertical, Overhead
2 Flat and Horizontal only
4 Flat, Horizontal, Vertical Down, Overhead
Digit Type of coating Welding Current
0 Cellulose sodium DCEP

1 Cellulose potassium AC or DCEP
2 Titania sodium AC or DCEN
3 titania potassium AC or DCEP or DCEN
4 iron powder titania AC or DCEN or DCEP
5 low hydrogen sodium DCEP
6 low hydrogen potassium AC or DCEP
7 iron powder iron oxide AC or DCEP or DCEN
8 iron powder low hydrogen AC or DCEP
E6020 iron oxide sodium AC or DCEP or DCEN
DCEP — Direct Current Electrode Positive

DCEN — Direct Current Electrode Negative
62
How AWS classifies low alloy
covered electrodes
E 80 18 - B2
Electrode
Tensile in ksi
All position
For AC or DCEP
Chemical composition of weld metal deposit
Chemical composition of weld deposit

Suffix C Mn Si Ni Cr Mo Va
A1 .12 .40 -.65* .40-.80 — — .40-.65 —
B1 .12 .90 .60-.80 — .40-.65 .40-.65 —
B2L .05 .90 .8-1.00* — 1.00-1.50 .40-.65 —
B2 .12 .90 .60-.90 — 1.00-1.50 .40-.65 —
B3L .05 .90 .8-1.00* — 2.00-2.50 .90-1.20 —
B3 .12 .90 .60-.80* — 2.00-2.50 .90-1.20 —
B4L .05 .90 1.00 — 1.75-2.25 .40-.65 —
B9 .08-.13 1.25 .30 1.0 8.00-10.50 .85-1.2 .15-.30
C1 .12 1.20 .60-.80* 1.00-2.75 — — —
C2 .12 1.20 —* 3.00-3.75 — — —
C3 .12 .40-1.25 .80 .80-1.10 .15 .35 .05
D1 .12 1.25-1.75 .60-.80* — — .25-.45 —
D2 .15 1.65-2.00 .6-.8* — — .25-.45 —
G — 1.0 Min .80 Min .50 Min .30 Min .20 Min .10 M
M** .10 .60-2.25* .60-.80* 1.40-2.50* .15-1.50* .25-55* .05
* Amount depends on electrode classification. Single values indicate

maximum, refer to AWS 5.5 for the different electrode classes.
** There are several different M classes. M classifications are intended to
conform to military specifications.
63
Pieces per pound arc welding electrodes
Hobart Diameter 3/32” 3/32” 1/8” 5/32” 3/16” 3/16” 1/4”
Type
Length 10” 14” 14” 14” 14” 18” 18”
Pipemaster 60, 70, 80 — 30 17 12 8 — —
335A, 335C — 29 16 11 7 — —
447A, 447C — 30 15 10 7 — —
14A — 23 13 9 6 — —
24 (-1) — — 10 7 — 4 2
XX18 (Iron Powder) — 21 12 9 7 — 3
Stainless 22 — 13 9 4 — 3
Comparative index of mild steel & low hydrogen electrodes

AWS Class HOBART MUREX ESAB LINCOLN MCKAY
E6010 Pipemaster Pro-60 – SW-10P; Fleetweld 5P, 5P+; 6010 PM

Pipemaster 60 SW-10P Plus Pipeliner 6P+
E6011 335A; 335C 6011C SW-14 Fleetweld 35; 35LS; Soft Arc 6011
180 6011
E6013 447A; 447C 6013D SW-15; 6013LV Fleetweld 37 6013
E6022 1139 – – Fleetweld 22
E7010-P1 Pipemaster 70 – 710P Shield-Arc HYP+

Pipeliner 7P+
E7014 14A 7014 SW-15 IP Fleetweld 47 –
E7018 (AC) 18AC – Atom Arc 7018-AC Lincoln 7018AC
E7018 Boilermaker 18 7018MR Atom Arc 7018 Excalibur 7018MR;

418; 718MC Jetweld LH-70;
Jet-LH-78 MR
E7018-1 Boilermaker 18 – Atom Arc 7018-1 Excalibur 7018-1MR 7018XLM;

418; 718MC Soft-Arc 7018-1
E7024 Rocket 7024, 24 7024 Sureweld 7024 7024

E7024-1 – Sureweld 7024 Jetweld 1 7024
E8010-P1 Pipemaster 80 – SW-810P Pipeliner 8P+ –

Shield-Arc 80
E9010-G Pipemaster 90 – – Shield-Arc 90 –
64
Comparative index of low alloy electrodes
AWS Class HOBART ESAB LINCOLN
7018-A1 Hoballoy 7018A1/Boilermaker A1 Atom Arc 7018-Mo Excalibur 7018-A1 MR
E8018-B2 Hoballoy 8018-B2/Boilermaker B2 Atom Arc 8018-CM –
E7018-B2L/ Hoballoy 8018-B2L Atom Arc 7018-B2L –

E8018-B2L
E8018-B6 Hoballoy 8018B6 Atom Arc 8018-B6 –
E8018-C1 Hoballoy 8018C1 Atom Arc 8018-C1 Excalibur 8018-C1 MR
E8018-C2 Hoballoy 8018C2 Atom Arc 8018-N –
E8018-C3 Hoballoy 8018C3 Atom Arc 8018 Excalibur 8018-C3 MR
E9018-B3 Hoballoy 9018B3/Boilermaker B3 Atom Arc 9018-CM –
E8018-B3L/ Hoballoy 9018B3L Atom Arc 8018-B3L –

E9018-B3L
E9018M Hoballoy 9018M Atom Arc 9018 Excalibur 9018M MR
E10018-D2 Hoballoy 10018D2 Atom Arc 10018-MM –
E10018M Hoballoy 10018M Atom Arc 10018 –
E11018M Hoballoy 11018M Atom Arc T Excalibur 11018M MR
E12018M Hoballoy 12018M Atom Arc 12018 –
65
How AWS classifies stainless steel
coated electrodes – SMAW process
E 308 x - 1 5
Electrode
Indicates what a weld made
by this electrode will have in it
Indicates any changes to the original alloy
Position
Additional Requirements
Suffix Changes made or additional requirements
L Has a lower carbon content
H Limited to the upper range on the carbon content
Mo Molybdenum added – pitting resistance, creep strength, ferrite increased
Cb (Nb) Columbium added – prevents corrosion just outside of the weld bead
LR Low Residuals – lower range for: C, Si, P, S – narrower

range: Cb and Mn
Dash Out of Posi- Bead Slag Spatter Transfer Operating Bead

number tion Ripple Removal Level Type Current Profile
-x5 1 (5/32”) 3 3 3 Globular DCEP Convex
-x6 2 (5/32”) 2 2 2 Globular AC/DCEP Flat
-x7 3 (3/16”) 1 1 1 Spray AC/DCEP Concave
Ratings: 1 = the best, 3 = the least
Note: Nb (Niobium) is the European name for Columbium.
66
How AWS classifies
stainless steel flux-cored wires
E 30 8 x T1 - 1
Electrode
Indicates what a weld made
by this electrode will have in it
Indicates any changes to the original alloy
Indicates that this is a flux-cored wier, tubular
Position
Indicates the shielding gas, if any
Shielding Chart
Dash number Shielding Gas Welding Current
-1 CO2 DCEP
-3 None DCEP
-4 75% Ar/25% CO2 DCEP
Additional Requirements
Suffix Changes made or additional requirements
L Has a lower carbon content
H Limited to the upper range on the carbon content
Mo Molybdenum added – pitting resistance, creep strength, ferrite increased
Cb (Nb) Columbium added – prevents corrosion just outside of the weld bead
Ni Nickel added – high temperature strength, corrosion resistance, added

toughness
Ti Titanium added – prevents corrosion just outside of the weld bead
K Specially formulated for cryogenic temperature service (less than -238°F)
Note: Nb (Niobium) is the European name for Columbium.

67
Stainless electrodes for AISI steels
AISI Chemical Analyses of Stainless Steels (percent) Weld With
Number Manga- Other Type
Carbon nese Silicon Chromium Nickel Elements
201 0.15 max. 5.5-7.5 1.0 16.0-18.0 3.5-5.5 N2 0.25 max. 308
202 0.15 max. 7.5-10. 1.0 17.0-19.0 4.0-6.0 N2 0.25 max. 308
301 0.15 max. 2.0 1.0 16.0-18.0 6.0-8.0 – 308
302 0.15 max. 2.0 1.0 17.0-19.0 8.0-10.0 – 308, 309
302B 0.15 max. 2.0 2.0-3.0 17.0-19.0 8.0-10.0 – 308
303 0.15 max. 2.0 1.0 17.0-19.0 8.0-10.0 S 0.15 min. 312*
303Se 0.15 max. 2.0 1.0 17.0-19.0 8.0-10.0 Se 0.15 min. 308
304 0.08 max. 2.0 1.0 18.0-20.0 8.0-10.0 – 308L, 347
304L 0.03 max. 2.0 1.0 18.0-20.0 8.0-10.0 – 308
305 0.12 max. 2.0 1.0 17.0-19.0 10.0-13.0 – 308
308 0.08 max. 2.0 1.0 19.0-21.0 10.0-12.0 – 309
309 0.20 max. 2.0 1.0 22.0-24.0 12.0-15.0 – 309
309S 0.08 max. 2.0 1.0 22.0-24.0 12.0-15.0 – 310. 309
310 0.25 max. 2.0 1.0 24.0-26.0 19.0-22.0 – 310
310S 0.08 max. 2.0 1.50 24.0-26.0 19.0-22.0 – 310
314 0.25 max. 2.0 1.50 23.0-26.0 19.0-22.0 – 316, 316Mo
316 0.08 max. 2.0 1.5-3.0 16.0-18.0 10.0-14.0 Mo 2.0-3.0 316L
316L 0.03 max. 2.0 1.0 16.0-18.0 10.0-14.0 Mo 2.0-3.0 317
317 0.08 max. 2.0 1.0 18.0-20.0 11.0-15.0 Mo 3.0-4.0 317L
321 0.08 max. 2.0 1.0 17.0-19.0 9.0-12.0 Ti 5xC min. 321, 347
Cb + Ta 10xC
347 0.08 max. 2.0 1.0 17.0-19.0 9.0-13.0 min. 347, 308L
348 0.08 max. 2.0 1.0 17.0-19.0 9.0-13.0 Ta 0.10 max. 347
Courtesy of the American Iron and Steel Institute.
68
Comparative index of stainless steel electrodes
AWS Class McKay Techalloy Sandvik Lincoln
E308L-16 308/308L Sterling AP Tech Rod 308L-16 – Red Baron 308L MR
Blue Max 308/308L

E308L-17 308L-17 Sterling Tech Rod 308L-17 19.9. LR AC/DC
Red Baron 308/308H

E308H-16 308/308H Sterling AP Tech Rod 308-16 – MR
E308H-17 308/308H Sterling Tech Rod 308-17 – –
Red Baron 309/309L

E309L-16 309/309L Sterling AP Tech Rod 309L-16 – MR
Blue Max 309/309L

E3096L-17 309L Sterling Tech Rod 309L-17 24.3. LR AC/DC
E309-17 309-17 Sterling Tech Rod 309-17 – –
E309Mo-17 309 Mo/309MoL – 23.12.2. LR –
E310-16 310 AC-DC Tech Rod 310-16 – Red Baron 310 MR
E312-16 312 AC-DC Tech Rod 312-16 29.9 R –
19.12.3. LRV Red Baron 316/316L

E316L-16 316/316L Sterling AP Tech Rod 316L-16 MR
Blue Max 316/316L

E316L-17 316L-17 Sterling Tech Rod 316L-17 19.12.3. LR AC/DC
E316H-16 316/316H Sterling AP Tech Rod 316-16 – –
E316H-17 316/316H-17 Sterling Tech Rod 316-17 – –
E317L-16 317L AC-DC Tech Rod 317-16 19.13.4. LR –
E330-16 330 AC-DC Tech Rod 330-16 – –
E347-16 347 AC-DC Tech Rod 347-16 – –
E410-16 410 AC-DC Tech Rod 410-16 – –
E410NiMo-16 410NiMo AC-DC Tech Rod 410NiMo-16 – –
E2209-16 2209 AC-DC Tech Rod 2209 22.9.3. LR (B) –
69
How AWS classifies mild steel solid
electrodes – GMAW, GTAW and PAW
ER 70 S - 3
Electrode or rod
Tensile lb ksi
Solid
Chemical composition and shielding gas
Position of welding, shielding, polarity,

and application requirements
Yield Tensile % Elongation
AWS Shielding Impact Strength Min.
Strength Strength Min. in 2"
Classification Gas ft-lbs at ºF (J at ºC)
KSi (MPa) KSi (MPa) (50mm)
ER70S-2 CO2 72 (500) 60 (420) 22 20 at -20 (27 at -29)
ER70S-3 CO2 72 (500) 60 (420) 22 20 at 0 (27 at -18)
ER70S-4 CO2 72 (500) 60 (420) 22 —
ER70S-5 CO2 72 (500) 60 (420) 22 —
ER70S-6 CO2 72 (500) 60 (420) 22 20 at -20 (27 at -29)
ER70S-7 CO2 72 (500) 60 (420) 22 20 at -20 (27 at -29)
ER80S-D2 CO2 80 (550) 68 (470) 17 20 at -20 (27 at -29)
Chemical Composition
C Mn Si P S Ni Cr Mo Cu Other
.07 .90-1.40 .40-.70 .025 .035 — — — .50 Ti, Zr, Al
0.12 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 (e) (e) (e) (e) 0.50
06-.15 .90-1.40 .40-.70 .025 .035 — — — .50 —
1.00-
.07-.15 65-.85 .025 .035 — — — .50 —
1.50.
.07-.19 .90-1.40 .30-.60 .025 .035 — — — .50 Al
.07-.15 1.40-1.85 .80-.1.15 .025 .035 — — — .50 —
.07-.15 1.50-2.00 .50-.80 .025 .035 — — — .50 —
.07-.12 1.60-2.10 .50-.80 .025 .025 .15 — .40-.60 .50 —
70
How AWS classifies metal-cored wires
– GMAW process (AWS A5.18)
E 70 C - 3 M
Electrode
Tensile lb ksi
Composite metal cored electrode
Impact: 3 = 20 ft.lbs. @ 0ºF (27J @ -10ºC)
6 = 20 ft.lbs. @ -20ºF (27J @ -29ºC)
Shielding gas: C = CO2
M = 75-80% Ar, balance CO2
Position of welding, shielding, polarity,

and application requirements
AWS Welding Shieldingb Currentc Applicationd
Classification Positiona
75-80% Ar/Balance CO2
E70C-3X F and H DCEP M
or 100% CO2
E70C-6X F and H DCEP M
or 100% CO2
E70C-G(X) F and H (f) DCEP M
E70C-GS(X) F and H (f) DCEP S
Chemical Composition Requirements for Weld

Metal from Composite Electrodes
C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Mo V Cu
0.12 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 (e) (e) (e) (e) 0.50
0.12 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 (e) (e) (e) (e) 0.50
Not Specified for -Gg
Chemical Requirements not specified for -GSh

Notes:
a. The final X shown in the classification represents a “C” or “M” which corresponds to the shielding
gas with which the electrode is classified. The use of “C” designates 100% CO2 shielding, “M”
designates 75-80% Ar/balance CO2. For E70C-G and E70C-GS, the final “C” or “M” may be
omitted if these gases are not used for classification.
b. F = Flat, H = Horizontal.
c. Use of a shielding gas other than that specified will result in different weld metal composition.
d. Single values are maximum weight percent.
e. To be reported if intentionally added; the sum of Ni, Cr, Mo, and V shall not exceed 0.50%.
f. Shielding gas shall be as agreed upon between purchaser and supplier.
g. Composition shall be reported; the requirements are those agreed to between purchaser and
supplier.
h. The composition of weld metal from this classification is not specified since electrodes of this
classification are intended only for single pass welds. Dilution, in such welds, usually is quite high.
71
How AWS classifies low alloy solid
electrodes – GMAW, GTAW,and PAW
ER 80 S - D2
Electrode or rod
Tensile in ksi
Solid
Cemical composition
Typical shielding gas mixtures and their uses

Type of Gas Typical Mixtures Primary Uses
Argon Non-ferrous Metals
Helium Aluminum, Magnesium,

and Copper Alloys
Carbon Dioxide Mild and Low Alloy
Argon-Helium 20-80% He Aluminum, Magnesium,

Copper and Nickel Alloys
1-2% O2 Stainless Steel
Argon-Oxygen
3-5 O2 Mild and Low Alloy
Argon-Cabon Dioxide 20-50% CO2 Mild and Low Alloy Steel
90He-7-1/2A-2-1/2 CO2 Stainless Steel

Helium-Argon-Carbon
Dioxide
60-7He-25-36Ar-5 CO2 Low Alloy Steels
Nitrogen Copper Alloys
72
Short circuit transfer welding parameters
Material thickness Electrode Welding Arc Wire Shield-
Diameter Travel ing
current voltage feed gas
speed flow
amps - (electrode speed
In. ipm
DC positive) ipm CFH2
Size (decimal) mm in. mm
24 ga. 0.025 0.6 0.024 0.6 30-50 15-17 85-100 12-20 15-20
22 ga. 0.031 0.8 0.030 0.8 40-60 15-17 90-130 18-22 15-20
20 ga. 0.037 0.9 0.035 0.9 55-85 15-17 70-120 35-40 15-20
18 ga. 0.050 1.3 0.035 0.9 70-100 16-19 100-160 35-40 15-20
1/16” 0.063 1.6 0.035 0.9 80-110 17-20 120-180 30-35 20-25
5/64” 0.078 2.0 0.035 0.9 100-130 18-20 160-220 25-30 20-25
1/8” 0.125 3.2 0.035 0.9 120-160 19-22 210-290 20-25 20-25
1/8” 0.125 3.2 0.045 1.1 180-200 20-24 210-240 27-32 20-25
3/16” 0.187 4.7 0.035 0.9 140-160 19-22 210-290 14-19 20-25
3/16” 0.187 4.7 0.045 1.1 180-205 20-24 210-245 18-22 20-25
1/4” 0.250 6.4 0.035 0.9 140-160 19-22 240-290 11-15 20-25
1/4” 0.250 6.4 0.045 1.1 180-225 20-24 210-290 12-18 20-25
Note: Single-pass flat and horizontal fillet positions. Reduce current 10 to 15% for
vertical and overhead welding.
1. For fillet and groove welds – for fillet welds, size equals metal thickness; for square
groove welds, the root opening should equal 1/2 the metal thickness.
2. Shielding gas is CO2, or 75% Ar/25% CO2.
Shielding gases for GMAW short circuiting transfer

Metal Shielding gas / advantage
CO2 — Broad penetration; reduces chances of porosity.
Carbon steel Ar/25% CO2 — High welding speeds without burn-through; minimum distortion and
spatter.
Ar/5-10% CO2 — Deeper penetration; faster welding speeds.
60-70% He/25-35% Ar/4-5% CO2 — Minimum reactivity; excellent toughness;

excellent arc stability,
wetting characteristics, and bead contour; little spatter.
Low alloy steel
75% Ar/25% CO2 — Fair toughness; excellent arc stability, wetting characteristics
and bead contour; little spatter.
73
Spray transfer welding parameters
Material thickness Electrode Welding Arc Wire Shield-
Type Diameter Travel ing
of current voltage feed gas
speed flow
weld1 amps - (electrode speed
In. ipm
DC positive) ipm CFH2
Size (dec.) mm in. mm
25
18 ga. 0.050 1.3 fillet 0.045 1.1 280 26 350 190
fillet 0.045 1.1 325 26 360 150 35

16 ga. 0.063 1.6
square 0.045 1.1 300 28 350 140 35
groove
fillet 0.045 1.1 325 27 360 130 35
square 0.045 1.1 325 29 360 110 35

14 ga. 0.078 2.0 groove
square 0.045 1.1 330 29 350 105 35

groove
fillet 1/16 1.6 380 28 210 85 35

11 ga. 0.125 3.2
square 0.045 1.1 350 29 380 100 35
groove
fillet 1/16 1.6 425 31 260 75 35
square 1/16 1.6 425 30 320 76 35

3/16” 0.188 4.8 groove
square 1/16 1.6 375 31 260 70 35

groove
square
1/4” 0.250 6.4 1/16 1.6 475 32 340 55 35
groove
1. For mild carbon and low alloy steels – on square groove welds, backing is required.
Shielding gases for GMAW spray transfer

Metal Shielding gas / advantage
95-98% Ar/2-5% O2 — Improves arc stability; produces a more fluid and controllable
puddle; good
coalescence and bead contour; minimizes undercutting; permits higher speeds than
Carbon steel pure argon.
90-92% Ar/8-10% CO2 — High-speed mechanized welding; low-cost manual

welding; pulsed welding.
Low alloy steel 90-92% Ar/8-10% CO2 — High-speed mechanized welding; low-cost manual
welding; pulsed welding.
74
How AWS classifies mild steel
flux-cored (tublular) wires – FCAW process
E 7 0 T - 10 M J H8
Electrode
Tensile x 10 ksi
Position
Flux-cored (tubular) electrode
Gas type, usability and performance capabilities
Mixed Gas: 75% - 80% Ar, balance CO2
Impacts: -20 ft.lbs. @-40°F
Hydrogen: H4 = less than 4 ml/100g, HB = less than 8 ml/100g
a. H = horizontal position
F = flat position Footnotes
OH = overhead position for Table
VD = vertical position with downward progression next page.
VU = vertical position with upward progression
b. Properties of weld metal from electrodes that are used with

external gas shielding (EXXT-1, EXXT-1M, EXXT-2, EXXT-
2M, EXXT-5, EXXT-5M, EXXT-9, EXXT-9M, EXXT-12, and
EXXT-12M) vary according to the shielding gas employed.
Electrodes classified with the specified shielding gas should not
be used with other shielding gases without first consulting the
manufacturer of the electrode.
c. The term “DCEP” refers to direct current electrode positive

(DC, reverse polarity). The term “DCEN” refers to direct current
electrode negative (DC, straight polarity).
d. M = single- or multiple-pass
S = single-pass only
e. Some E71T-5 and E71T-5M electrodes may be recommended

for use on DCEN for improved out-of-position welding.
75
AWS Welding Shieldingb Currentc Applicationd
Classification Positiona
E70T-1 H and F CO2 DCEP M
E70T-1M H and F 75-80% Ar/bal CO2 DCEP M
E71T-1 H, F, VU, OH CO2 DCEP M
E71T-1M H, F, VU, OH 75-80% Ar/bal CO2 DCEP M
E70T-2 H and F CO2 DCEP S
E70T-2M H and F 75-80% Ar/bal CO2 DCEP S
E71T-2 H, F, VU, OH CO2 DCEP S
E71T-2M H, F, VU, OH 75-80% Ar/bal CO2 DCEP S
E70T-3 H and F None DCEP S
E70T-4 H and F None DCEP M
E71T-5 H, F, VU, OH CO2 DCEP or DCENe M
E71T-5M H, F, VU, OH 75-80% Ar/bal CO2 DCEP or DCENe M
E70T-6 H and F None DCEP M
E70T-7 H and F None DCEN M
E71T-7 H, F, VU, OH None DCEN M
E71T-8 H, F, VU, OH None DCEN M
E70T-10 H and F None DCEN S
E71T-11 H, F, VD, OH None DCEN M
E61T-13 H, F, VD, OH None DCEN S
EX0T-G H and F Not Specified Not Specified M
EX1T-G H, F, VD or VU, Not Specified Not Specified M
OH
EX0T-GS H and F Not Specified Not Specified S
EX1T-GS H, F, VD or VU, Not Specified Not Specified S
OH
76
Comparative index of self-shielded tubular wires
AWS Class HOBART Corex ESAB LINCOLN Select Arc
E70T-4 FABSHIELD 4 Self- Coreshield 40 Innershield NS-3M Select 74
Shield 4
E70T-7 FABSHIELD 7027 Self- Coreshield 7 Innershield NR-311 –
Shield 7
E71T-11 FABSHIELD 21B Self-Shield Coreshield 11 Innershield NR-211-MP Select 701
11
E71T-GS FABSHIELD 23 Self-Shield Coreshield 15 Innershield NR-151, NR- Select 700 GS
11 GS 152, NR-157, NR-204-H
E71T-8 FABSHIELD XLR-8 – Coreshield 8 Innershield MR-232, –
NR-233
E71T8-K6 FABSHIELD 3NI – – Innershield NR-207, NR- –
400, NR-203
E71T8-Ni1 FABSHIELD 81N1 – – Innershield NR-207, NR- –

203, NR-400, NR-405
E81T8-Ni2 FABSHIELD 81N2 – – Innershield NR-207, NR- –
203NiC, NR-405
Comparative index of gas-shielded tubular wires

AWS Class HOBART Corex ESAB LINCOLN Trimark Select Arc
Coreweld 70, MC-710, MC-6 Metalloy Select 70C-
E70C-6M FabCOR 86R Metal-Cor 6 Coreweld Ultra 70, 71, 76 3, C-6
FabCO RXR Flux-Cor 7 Dual Shield 111 Outershield 70 TM-11,
TM-RX7, Select 79
E70T-1C Select
Outershield
E70T-9C FabCO TR-70 Super-Cor AC, R-70 Ultra 70
HD70 TM-72
Outershield 71,
E70T-5C FabCO 85 Tuf-Cor 5 Dual Shield T-75 71M, Elite TM-55 –
Dual Shield 7100
E71T-1C
Outershield TM-711M,
EXCEL-ARC 71 Verti-Cor I Ultra
(CO2) Triple 7, Select 712
Versatile Dual Shield II 71 75-H
E71T-9C Triple 8
Ultra
E71T-1M,
I Dual Shield 7000
EXCEL-ARC 71 Verti-Cor 7100 Outershield
E71T-9M 71, TM-711M, Select 710
(75% Ar/25% Versatile Dual Shield 71M, Elite Triple 7
CO2)
Ultra
E71T-1C
Dual Shield II-71 Outershield
(CO2) Formula XL-550 – TM-771 Select 720
E71T-12CJ Ultra 71C-H, Elite
E71T-1M Dual Shield II-70
Formula XL-525 Verti-Cor
(75% Ar/25% Ultra Outershield TM-770 Select 720
CO2) 70 Dual Shield 71M-H, Elite
71T-12MJ II-70T12
Dual Shield II
E81T1- 80-Ni1 Outershield TM-81N1,
Formula XL-8Ni1 – –
Ni1MJ Dual Shield 81Ni1-H TM-811N1
8000C3
Dual Shield II Outershield Select
E81T1-K2C FabCO 81K2-C – TM-881K2
81K2 81K2-H 812-K2
Dual Shield II Outershield Select
E91T1-K2C FabCO 91K2-C – TM-991K2
9100K2 91K2-H 910-K2
Dual Shield
E110T5-K4C FabCO 115 – – TM-115
T-115
77
Mild Steel Electrodes
Hobart Filler Metals Pipemaster® Pro-60
AWS E6010
The information contained or other- Pipemaster Pro-60 is a quick-starting, cellulosic
mild steel electrode that provides you with
wise referenced herein is presented outstanding arc stability, penetration and wash-in.
only as “typical” without guarantee It’s ideal for welding in all positions and produces
an X-ray quality weld with light slag that’s easy to
or warranty, and Hobart Brothers remove. Pipemaster Pro-60 can be used to weld
Company expressly disclaims any the following API 5L steels: Grade A, B, X-42,
X-46, X-52, X-56 and for the root pass on material
liability incurred from any reliance up to X-80. It features enhanced weldabilty and
theron. Typical data are those increased physical properties. Earthtone grey
obtained when welded and tested coating.
in accordance with AWS specifica- Typical applications:
tions. Other tests and procedures • Construction and shipbuilding
• General-purpose fabrication
may produce different results. No • Maintenance welding
data is to be construed as a recom- • Out-of-position X-ray welds
• Pipe welding
mendation for any welding condition • Vertical and overhead plate welding
or technique not controlled by
Hobart Brothers Company. Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon ..........................................0.13
Manganese....................................0.39
Silicon............................................0.14
Notice: Chromium......................................0.06
Nickel.............................................0.08
Actual use of the products may produce Molybdenum................................<0.01
varying results due to conditions and Vanadium......................................0.01
welding techniques over which the pro-
ducer has no control, including, but not Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Tensile Strength (psi) ........79,000 (542 MPa)
limited to, plate chemistry, weldment de- Yield Strength (psi).............66,000 (456 MPa)
sign, fabrication methods, electrode size, Elongation % in 2”..............23%
welding procedure, service requirements
and environment. The purchaser is solely Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
responsible for determining the suitability Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 48 ft.lb. (65J)
of any products for the purchaser’s own
use. Any prior representations shall not Available diameter and
recommended operating ranges:
be binding. The companies disclaim any 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................40-70 amps
warranty of merchantability or fitness for 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................65-130 amps
any particular purpose with respect to its 5/32” (4.0 mm).....................90-175 amps
products. 3/16” (4.8 mm)...................140-225 amps
Type of current: DCEP

Caution:
Approvals and conformances:
Consumers should be thoroughly familiar • AWS A5.1, E6010
with the safety precautions shown on the • ASME SFA 5.1, E6010
Warning Label posted on each shipment in • Lloyd’s Grade 3m
and in American National Standard Z49.1, • ABS E6010
“Safety in Welding and Cutting,” published
by the American Welding Society, 8669
NW36th St., #130, Miami, FL 33166, and
OSHA Safety and Health Standards 29
CFR 1910, available from the U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210.
78
Pipemaster® 60 Pipemaster® 70
AWS E6010 AWS E7010-P1
Use Pipemaster 60 for quick starting, excellent arc The Pipemaster 70, an all-position cellulosic mild
stability, superior arc drive (penetration), light slag steel electrode, is excellent for producing X-ray
and excellent wash-in. An all-position cellulosic quality welds. It’s quick starting with excellent
mild steel electrode, it outdoes itself in producing arc stability, superior penetration, light slag and
X-ray quality welds. Earthtone grey coating. excellent wash-in. Pipemaster 70 can also help
you handle vertical-down welding on all passes on
Typical applications: 5L, 5LX and X52 through X65 pipe.
• Construction and shipbuilding
• General-purpose fabrication Typical applications:
• Maintenance welding • Welding of high-yield pipe steels
• Out-of-position X-ray welds • Pipeline welding using downhill travel
• Pipe welding • Shipbuilding
• Vertical and overhead plate welding • Storage tanks
• Drill platforms
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon...........................................0.11 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Manganese....................................0.28 Carbon...........................................0.15
Silicon............................................0.14 Manganese....................................0.54
Chromium......................................0.02 Silicon............................................0.14
Nickel.............................................0.02 Nickel.............................................0.72
Molybdenum...............................< 0.01 Molybdenum...............................< 0.01
Vanadium..................................... 0.01 Phosphorus...................................0.01
Sulphur..........................................0.01
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Chromium......................................0.02
Tensile Strength (psi).........73,000 (504 MPa) Vanadium......................................0.01
Yield Strength (psi).............63,000 (432 MPa)
Elongation % in 2” .............26% Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Tensile Strength (psi).........83,000 (570 MPa)
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Yield Strength (psi).............69,000 (475 MPa)
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 52 ft.lb. (70J) Elongation % in 2”..............25%
Available diameter and Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):

recommended operating ranges: Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 57 ft.lb. (78J)
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................40-70 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................65-130 amps Available diameter and
5/32” (4.0 mm).....................90-175 amps recommended operating ranges:
3/16” (4.8 mm......................40-225 amps 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................70-140 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm).....................80-190 amps
Type of current: DCEP 3/16” (4.8 mm).....................20-230 amps
Approvals and conformances: Type of current: DCEP

• AWS A5.1, E6010
• ASME SFA 5.1, E6010 Approvals and conformances:
• Lloyd’s Grade 3m • AWS A5.5, E7010-P1
• ABS E6010 • ASME SFA 5.5, E7010-P1
• Lloyd’s Grade 3m, 3Ym
• ABS E7010-P1
For more information: http://www.hobartbrothers.com
79
Pipemaster® 80 Pipemaster® 90
AWS E8010-P1 AWS E9010-G
With features like quick starting, excellent arc Pipemaster 90 is designed for welding high-yield
stability, superior penetration, light slag and strength pipe out-of-position applications for
excellent wash-in, the Pipemaster 80 is great for use in harsh arctic and/or desert environments.
a variety of jobs. This all-position cellulosic mild Pipemaster 90 meets the requirements of
steel electrode gets a handle on vertical-down AWS 5.5 low alloy electrode specifications and
welding on all passes with X56 through X70 pipe. pipeline API Code 1104. It is recommended
And with good low-temperature impact properties, for welding any 5L material from X65 to X80
it can be used on pipe steels with relatively high steel pipe. Pipemaster 90 has a smooth, yet
silicon (up to .30). forceful arc that provides good penetration and
fusion with excellent control. Its superior wetting
Typical applications: characteristics offer freedom from internal
• Welding of high-yield pipe steels undercutting with practically no slag, which
• Pipe welding using downhill travel minimizes slag entrapment. Although Pipemaster
• Shipbuilding 90 can be used in any welding position, it is
• Storage tanks especially outstanding in the vertical-down position
• Drill platforms for welding pipe joints. As with all Pipemaster
electrodes, Pipemaster 90 has excellent operator
Typical weld metal properties (ChemPad): appeal with low spatter levels and easy slag
Carbon...........................................0.19 removal for quick clean-up.
Manganese....................................0.84
Silicon............................................0.25 Typical applications:
Nickel.............................................0.87 • High-yield X65, X70 and X80 pipe steels
Molybdenum..................................0.14 • Drill platforms
Phosphorus...................................0.008 • Storage tanks
Sulphur..........................................0.015 • Shipbuilding and construction industries
Chromium......................................0.07
Vanadium......................................0.01 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon...........................................0.25
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Manganese....................................1.10
Tensile Strength (psi).........98,000 (672 MPa) Silicon............................................0.24
Yield Strength (psi).............81,000 (560 MPa) Nickel.............................................0.78
Elongation % in 2”..............19% Phosphorus...................................0.005
Sulphur..........................................0.01
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Molybdenum..................................0.18
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 42 ft.lb. (57J) Vanadium......................................0.005
Available diameter and Typical mechanical properties (AW):

recommended operating ranges: Tensile Strength (psi).........103,000 (713 MPa)
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................70-140 amps Yield Strength (psi).............86,000 (590 MPa)
5/32” (4.0 mm).....................80-190 amps Elongation % in 2”..............23%
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................130-240 amps
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values
Type of current: DCEP Not required
Approvals and conformances: Available diameter and

• AWS A5.5, E8010-P1 recommended operating ranges:
• ASME SFA 5.5, E8010-P1 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................70-140 amps
• Lloyd’s Grade 3m, 3Ym 5/32” (4.0 mm).....................80-185 amps
• ABS E8010-P1 3/16” (4.8 mm).....................20-230 amps

• AWS A5.5, E9010-G
• ASME SFA 5.5, E9010-G
80
Hobart® 335A Hobart® 335C
AWS E6011 AWS E6011
The Hobart 335A offers a fine spray transfer that The versatile soft-arc electrode Hobart 335C is
enhances operator appeal in all positions. designed for AC power sources, but it can also be
Designed for use with AC power sources, this all- used on DCEP or DCEN. With the ability to weld
position,cellulose-based electrode provides stable through paint, mill scale or rust, it is an all-position
arc characteristics and good penetration. cellulosic electrode with the ultimate in operator
appeal.
Typical applications:
• Galvanized steel work Typical applications:
• General fabrication • General construction
• Railroad cars • Light sheet metal fabrication
• Shipbuilding • Maintenance and repair welding
• Structural work • Shipyards
• Welding on galvanized steels
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): • Welding through paint, mill scale or rust
Carbon...........................................0.12
Manganese....................................0.71 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Silicon............................................0.29 Carbon...........................................0.10
Nickel ............................................0.04 Manganese....................................0.59
Molybdenum..................................0.01 Nickel.............................................0.07
Vanadium......................................0.01 Chromium......................................0.07
Molybdenum..................................0.01
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Vanadium......................................0.01
Yield Strength (psi).............69,000 (476 MPa) Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Elongation % in 2”..............26% Tensile Strength (psi).........94,000 (646 MPa)
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Elongation % in 2”..............27%
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 38 ft.lb. (52J)
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Available diameter and Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 84 ft.lb. (113J)
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................60-90 amps Available diameter and
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................80-125 amps recommended operating ranges:
5/32” (4.0 mm).....................30-160 amps 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................60-90 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm).....................60-190 amps 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................80-125 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-160 amps
Type of current: AC, DCEP or DCEN 3/16” (4.8 mm)...................160-190 amps
Approvals and conformances: Type of current: AC, DCEP or DCEN

• AWS A5.1, E6011
• ASME SFA 5.1 Approvals and conformances:
• Lloyd’s 2m, 2Ym • AWS A5.1, E6011
• CWB-E4311 • ASME SFA 5.1
• ABS E6011 • Lloyd’s 2m, 2Ym
• ABS E6011
81
Hobart® 447A Hobart® 447C
AWS E6013 AWS E6013
When poor fit-up conditions exist, you’ll prefer A soft arc AWS 6013 electrode, Hobart 447C
the fast-freeze characteristics of Hobart 447A. is the best way to take control of poor fit-up
Whether put to use with AC or DC power sources, conditions. It has fast-freeze characteristics,
the 447A has a very stable arc and good giving it preferred operator appeal. Hobart 447C
bead appearance. versatility extends its usage with AC or DC
power sources and low open-circuit voltage AC
Typical applications: machines.
• General-purpose fabrication
• Machine parts Typical applications:
• Metal buildings and structures • General-purpose fabrication
• Shaft buildup • Machine parts
• Metal buildings and structures
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): • Shaft buildup
Carbon...........................................0.08
Silicon............................................0.25 Carbon...........................................0.08
Nickel.............................................0.04 Manganese....................................0.40
Vanadium......................................0.01 Chromium......................................0.03
Molybdenum...............................< 0.01
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Vanadium......................................0.02
Elongation % in 2” .............30% Tensile Strength (psi).........75,000 (520 MPa)
Yield Strength (psi) ............67,000 (465 MPa)
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values: Elongation % in 2”..............24%
Not required
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values:
Available diameter and Not required
3/32” (2.4 mm)................40-80 amps Available diameter and
1/8” (3.2 mm)..............70-120 amps recommended operating ranges:
5/32” (4.0 mm)............130-160 amps 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................40-80 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)............140-220 amps 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................70-120 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-160 amps
Type of current: AC, DCEN or DCEP
Type of current: AC, DCEN or DCEP
• AWS A5.1, E6013 Approvals and conformances:
• ASME SFA 5.1 • AWS A5.1, E6013
• ABS E6013 • ASME SFA 5.1
• CWB E4313
• ABS E6013
82
Mild and Low
Mild AlloyElectrodes
Steel Steel Electrodes
Hobart® DeckmasterTM 1139 Hobart® 14A
AWS E6022 AWS E7014
When you want to get a handle on roof decking, When you are tackling jobs where higher
you can rely on Hobart DeckmasterTM 1139. It is deposition and speed of travel is needed, the
a very fluid electrode designed for welding roof Hobart 14A is the electrode to choose. An all-
decking to support beams with burn-through position electrode, Hobart 14A is equipped with a
spot welds. You can also rely on the 1139 for rutile base and iron powder addition to increase
rapid downhill welding when joining light-gauge deposition rates and give operator appeal. This
materials. electrode offers outstanding slag removal and
bead appearance and can be operated with AC,
Typical applications: DCEP or DCEN power.
• Rapid downhill welding
• Roof decking Typical applications:
• Sheet metal • Frames
• Heavy sheet metal
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): • Machine bases
Carbon...........................................0.15
Silicon............................................0.15 Carbon...........................................0.063
Phosphorus...................................0.013 Manganese....................................0.42
Sulphur..........................................0.013 Silicon............................................0.22
Phosphorus...................................0.013
Typical mechanical properties: Sulphur..........................................0.014
Transverse tensile strength exceeds Nickel.............................................0.07
63,000 psi (435 MPa) Chromium......................................0.07
Molybdenum...............................< 0.01
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values: Vanadium......................................0.02
Not required
Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Available diameter and Tensile Strength (psi).........81,000 (561 MPa)
recommended operating ranges: Yield Strength (psi).............73,000 (505 MPa)
1/8” (3.2 mm).....................110-150 amps Elongation % in 2”..............24%
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................150-180 amps
Type of current: DCEN, DCEP or AC Not required
Approvals and conformances: Available diameter and

• AWS A5.1, E6022 recommended operating ranges:
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-90 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).....................120-145 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................140-210 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................180-280 amps
Type of current: AC, DCEP or DCEN

• AWS A5.1, E7014
• ASME SFA 5.1, E7014
• CWB E4914
• ABS E7014
83
Hobart® Rocket® 7024 Hobart® 24
AWS E7024 AWS E7024, E7024-1
Hobart Rocket 7024 is a newly engineered E7024 If you want speed, the Hobart 24 high-speed
electrode designed to provide the user with electrode has it. Hobart 24 is exceptionally fast
outstanding “best of class” features in several when used down hand in properly designed weld
important areas. Rocket 7024 is engineered with joints or in horizontal fillet welds where equal leg
a slag system to provide the easiest slag removal fillets are desired. It has excellent operation on
in its class and in most cases is self peeling. In either AC or DCEN power with a drag welding
addition the slag releases from the entire joint with technique. It also meets AWS E7024-1 impact
no slag left in the toes of the joint. Spatter levels requirements.
are extremely low, better than any other E7024.
Rocket 7024 has a super smooth soft arc and is Typical applications:
less harsh than other E7024 products. Rocket • Earthmoving equipment
7024 is more forgiving than other E7024 products • Mining machinery
when the material being welded is moderately • Plate fabrication
rusty or isn’t as clean as it should be. Rocket • Railroad cars
7024 can be used with a drag welding technique • Structurals
and operates equally well on either AC or DC • Shipbuilding
(electrode negative) power. It is exceptionally fast • Mobile trailers
when used down hand in properly designed weld
joints or in horizontal fillet welds and can be used Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
in single or multipass applications. Carbon...........................................0.06
Manganese....................................0.77
Typical applications: Silicon............................................0.37
• Plate fabrication Phosphorus...................................0.008
• Tank fabrication Sulphur..........................................0.019
• Barge construction Nickel.............................................0.07
• Construction and earthmoving equipment Chromium......................................0.05
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Molybdenum..................................0.01
Carbon...........................................0.05 Vanadium......................................0.03
Manganese....................................0.74
Silicon............................................0.45 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Phosphorus...................................0.009 Tensile Strength (psi).........82,000 (563 MPa)
Sulphur..........................................0.019 Yield Strength (psi).............72,000 (497 MPa)
Nickel.............................................0.07 Elongation % in 2”..............26%
Chromium......................................0.06
Molybdenum..................................0.01 Typical Charpy V-notch impact values
Vanadium......................................0.02 (AW) for E7024-1:
Avg. at 0°F (-18°C) 42 ft.lb. (57J)
Tensile Strength (psi).........82,000 (562 MPa) Available diameter and
Yield Strength (psi).............70,000 (484 MPa) recommended operating ranges:
Elongation % in 2”..............26% 1/8 “ (3.2 mm)....................130-150 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................180-225 amps
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values 3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-280 amps
Not required 7/32” (5.6 mm)...................250-320 amps
1/4” (6.4 mm).....................300-360 amps
Available diameter and
recommended operating ranges: Type of current: DCEN or AC
1/8 “ (3.2 mm)....................130-170 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................180-245 amps Approvals and conformances:
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps • AWS A5.1, E7024, E7024-1
7/32” (5.6 mm)...................250-340 amps • ASME SFA 5.1, E7024
1/4” (6.4 mm) ....................300-380 amps • ABS 3
Type of current: DCEN, AC or DCEP • CWB E4924-1Type of current: DCEN or AC
• AWS A5.1, E7024
• ASME SFA 5.1, E7024
• ABS E7024
84
Hobart® 418 Hobart® 718MC
AWS E7018 H4R, E7018-1 H4R AWS E7018 H4R, E7018(M)-1 H4R
Hobart 418 gives you all the flexibility you need You can take control with the electrode that’s
in a general-purpose, low-hydrogen, mild steel formulated and manufactured to give you excellent
electrode. It also has good out-of-position welding moisture resistance, good out-of-position welding
capabilities and provides an X-ray quality deposit. capabilities and an X-ray quality deposit. The
And this unique electrode is ideal for tacking prior 718MC meets the requirements of military spec.
to finish welding with Fabshield self-shielded, Mil-E-22200/10, including moisture absorption
tubular wire. That’s because the construction of limits of .10% max. as opened and .20% max.
the Hobart 418 allows removal of all the slag from after 9 hrs. at 80°F and 80% relative humidity.
the self-shielded wire.
Typical applications: • Barge offshore rigs, shipbuilding
• Field erections, steel structures • Boiler code applications
• Jobs where low-hydrogen weld metal in the • Field erection, steel structures
tensile strength range of 70,000 psi is required • Petrochemical plants, power plants
• Low alloy structurals • Railcar and locomotive construction
• Low-, medium- and high-carbon steels • Welding of enameling steels; free machining
• Offshore rigs, power plants steels; low alloy structurals; and low, medium or
high carbon steels
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): • Weldments in low-temperature environments
Carbon...........................................0.04 where low-temperature impacts are important
Manganese....................................0.95
Silicon............................................0.54 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Phosphorus...................................0.012 Carbon...........................................0.04
Sulphur..........................................0.014 Manganese....................................0.92
Nickel.............................................0.07 Silicon............................................0.25
Chromium......................................0.07 Phosphorus...................................0.011
Molybdenum..................................0.03 Sulphur..........................................0.016
Vanadium...................................< 0.01 Nickel.............................................0.07
Chromium......................................0.06
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Molybdenum...............................< 0.01
Tensile Strength (psi) ........78,000 (541 MPa) Vanadium...................................< 0.01
Elongation % in 2”..............29% Typical mechanical properties (AW):

3/32” (2.4 mm).....................80-100 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................110-230 amps recommended operating ranges:
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................150-300 amps 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
7/32” (5.6 mm)...................220-350 amps 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-165 amps
1/4” (6.4 mm).....................270-380 amps 5/32” (4.0 mm)...................125-220 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................160-300 amps
Type of current: DCEP or AC 7/32” (5.6 mm)...................260-340 amps
1/4” (6.4 mm).....................270-380 amps
• AWS A5.1, E7018 H4R, E7018-1 H4R Type of current: DCEP or AC
• ASME SFA 5.1, E7018
• ABS 3H5, 3Y Approvals and conformances:
• Lloyd’s BF3.3YH5 • AWS A5.1, E7018 H4R, E7018 -1H4R
• CWB E4918-1 H4 • ABS 3H5, 3Y
• ASME SFA 5.1, E7018
• MIL-E-22200/10
85
Mild and Low Alloy Steel Electrodes
Hobart® 18AC Hoballoy® 7018A1
AWS E7018 H8 AWS E7018-A1 H4R
Highly recommended for applications using For pressure vessel applications, the Hoballoy
small 208/230V, single phase AC welders, 18AC 7018A1 is an outstanding choice. When welding
has good operator appeal, excellent re-striking .50% molybdenum steel and other low alloy steels,
characteristics and an extremely stable arc. 18AC the Hoballoy 7018A1 offers resistance to moisture
is also an excellent choice for skip or tack welds. reabsorption. This important feature helps prevent
The slag is self-removing in most applications. hydrogen cracking and aids in the elimination of
18AC will work well on all AC power sources and starting porosity.
performs exceptionally well on utility-type welders.
Typical applications: • Construction and maintenance of boilers
• Low-, medium- and high-carbon steels • Piping
• Skip or tack welds • Tubing
• Shops, farms, hobbyist
• Some high-strength low alloy steels Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon...........................................0.03
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Manganese....................................0.77
Carbon...........................................0.04 Silicon............................................0.42
Manganese....................................0.67 Phosphorus...................................0.02
Silicon............................................0.29 Sulphur..........................................0.01
Chromium......................................0.07 Molybdenum..................................0.52
Molybdenum..................................0.01
Nickel.............................................0.08 Typical mechanical properties
Vanadium......................................0.02 (stress relieve 1 hour @ 1150°F):
Phosphorus...................................0.008 Tensile Strength (psi).........85,000 (587 MPa)
Sulphur..........................................0.01 Yield Strength (psi).............74,000 (507 MPa)
Elongation % in 2”..............28%
Tensile Strength (psi).........88,000 (607 MPa) Typical Charpy V-notch impact values
Yield Strength (psi).............77,000 (532 MPa) Not required
Elongation % in 2”..............30%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): recommended operating ranges:
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 30 ft.lb. (41J) 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps
Available diameter and 5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps Type of current: DCEP or AC
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-165 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................125-220 amps Approvals and conformances:
• AWS A5.5, E7018-A1 H4R
Type of current: AC, DCEN or DCEP • ASME SFA 5.5, E7018-A1
• ABS E7018-A1
• AWS A5.1, E7018 H8
• ASME SFA 5.1, E7018
86
Low Alloy Steel Electrodes
Boilermaker 18 Boilermaker 18A1
AWS E7018 H4R, E7018-1 H4R AWS E7018-A1 H4R
Boilermaker electrodes were specifically Boilermaker electrodes were specifically

designed to be used in the repair of water wall designed to be used in the repair of water
tubes in power generation facilities. Their unique wall tubes in power generation facilities.
chemistry and formulation construction create Their unique chemistry and formulation
water clear x-rays. The excellent starts and construction create water clear x-rays. The
re-starts, low spatter levels, easy slag removal, excellent starts and re-starts, low spatter
and smooth wash and bead tie-ins make this the levels, easy slag removal, and smooth wash
choice electrode to use for those critical welds and bead tie-ins make this the choice electrode
in boilers. The four separate chemistries allow to use for those critical welds in boilers.
these electrodes to be used from the bottom to The four separate chemistries allow these
the top of the boilers depending on the weld area electrodes to be used from the bottom to the
that is being repaired. All four products have a top of the boilers depending on the weld area
wide amperage operating range allowing any that is being repaired. All four products have a
operator to weld at the amperage where they are wide amerage operating range allowing any
comfortable and assured of making quality welds operator to weld at the amperage where they
with no porosity. are comfortable and assured of making quality
welds with no porosity.
Sulphur..........................................0.012 Phosphorus...................................0.01
Silicon............................................0.43 Sulphur..........................................0.01
Silicon............................................0.59
Typical mechanical properties (as welded): Molybdenum..................................0.50
Yield Strength (psi).............74,000 (510 MPa) Typical mechanical properties
Elongation % in 2”..............29% (stress relieve 1 hour @ 1150°F):
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values Yield Strength (psi).............86,000 (592 MPa)
Avg. at -50°F (-46°C) 87 ft.lb. (118J)
Available diameter and Not required
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................60-110 amps Available diameter and
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-165 amps recommended operating ranges:
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................65-110 amps
Type of current: DCEP, AC 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................80-160 amps
Approvals and conformances: Type of current: DCEP, AC

• AWS A5.1, ASME SFA 5.1
• AWS A5.5, ASME SFA 5.5
87
Boilermaker B2 Boilermaker B3
AWS E8018-B2 H4R AWS E9018-B3 H4R
Boilermaker electrodes were specifically Boilermaker electrodes were specifically

designed to be used in the repair of water designed to be used in the repair of water
wall tubes in power generation facilities. wall tubes in power generation facilities.
Their unique chemistry and formulation Their unique chemistry and formulation
construction create water clear x-rays. The construction create water clear x-rays. The
excellent starts and re-starts, low spatter excellent starts and re-starts, low spatter
levels, easy slag removal, and smooth wash levels, easy slag removal, and smooth wash
and bead tie-ins make this the choice electrode and bead tie-ins make this the choice electrode
to use for those critical welds in boilers. to use for those critical welds in boilers.
The four separate chemistries allow these The four separate chemistries allow these
electrodes to be used from the bottom to the electrodes to be used from the bottom to the
top of the boilers depending on the weld area top of the boilers depending on the weld area
that is being repaired. All four products have a that is being repaired. All four products have a
wide amerage operating range allowing any wide amerage operating range allowing any
operator to weld at the amperage where they operator to weld at the amperage where they
are comfortable and assured of making quality are comfortable and assured of making quality
welds with no porosity. welds with no porosity.
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Typical Weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon...........................................0.05 Carbon...........................................0.05
Manganese....................................0.68 Manganese....................................0.65
Phosphorus...................................0.01 Phosphorus...................................0.01
Sulphur..........................................0.01 Sulphur..........................................0.02
Silicon............................................0.36 Silicon............................................0.33
Chromium......................................1.12 Chromium......................................2.24
Molybdenum..................................0.40 Molybdenum..................................1.09
Typical mechanical properties Typical mechanical properties

(stress relieve 1 hour @ 1275°F): (stress relieve 1 hour @ 1275°F):
Tensile Strength (psi).........98,000 (673 MPa) Tensile Strength (psi).........111,000 (768 MPa)
Yield Strength (psi).............86,000 (592 MPa) Yield Strength (psi).............96,000 (663 MPa)
Elongation % in 2” .............23% Elongation % in 2”..............21%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values: Typical Charpy V-notch impact values:
Not required Not required
Available diameter and Available diameter and

recommended operating ranges: recommended operating ranges:
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................60-105 amps 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................60-105 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps
Type of current: DCEP, AC Type of current: DCEP, AC
Approvals and conformances: Approvals and conformances:

• AWS A5.5-81 E8018-B2 • AWS A5.5-81 E9018-B3
• AWS A5.5-06 E7018-B2, ASME SFA 5.5 • AWS A5.5-06 E8018-B3, ASME SFA 5.5
88
Mild Low
and Low
AlloyAlloy
SteelSteel Electrodes
Electrodes
Hoballoy® 8018B2 Hoballoy® 8018B2L
AWS E8018-B2 H4R AWS E8018-B2L H4R, E7018-B2L H4R
Hoballoy 8018B2 is an outstanding electrode for Hoballoy 8018B2L is an outstanding electrode for
welding higher strength steels requiring tensile welding higher strength steels requiring tensile
strengths of 80,000 lbs. or more. Ideal for welding strengths of 80,000 lbs. or more. Low carbon
in conditions of high heat or humidity, it features levels reduce the possibility of cracking in the
a specially formulated coating that’s designed to weldment. It offers good arc characteristics
reduce moisture pick-up and thus help keep and excellent notch toughness. Plus, Hoballoy
hydrogen cracking and starting porosity to 8018B2L features a specially formulated coating
a minimum. that reduces moisture pick-up, making it ideal for
welding in conditions of high heat and humidity
Typical applications: and helps to minimize hydrogen cracking and
• Fabrication and maintenance of boilers and starting porosity.
associated piping
• Steels such as 1-1/4 Cr–1/2 Mo and 1/2 Cr–1/2 Typical applications:
Mo • Fabrication and maintenance of boilers and
associated piping
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): • Steels such as 1-1/4 Cr–1/2 Mo and 1/2 Cr–1/2
Carbon...........................................0.07 Mo
Manganese....................................0.73
Silicon............................................0.61 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Molybdenum..................................0.55 Phosphorus...................................0.011
Sulphur..........................................0.012
Typical mechanical properties Chromium......................................1.36
(stress relieve 1 hour @ 1275°F): Molybdenum..................................0.62
Yield Strength (psi).............90,000 (621 MPa) Typical mechanical properties
Elongation % in 2”..............22% (stress relieve 1 hour @ 1275°F):
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values Yield Strength (psi).............84,000 (577 MPa)
Not required Elongation % in 2”..............24%
Available diameter and Typical Charpy V-notch impact values

recommended operating ranges: Not required
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps
Type of current: DCEP or AC 5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps
• AWS A5.5, E8018-B2 H4R Type of current: DCEP or AC
• ASME SFA 5.5, E8018-B2
• ABS E8018-B2 Approvals and conformances:
• AWS A5.5-81, E8018-B2L H4R
• AWS A5.5, E7018-B2L H4R
• ASME SFA 5.5, E8018-B2L
• ABS E 8018-B2L
89
Hoballoy® 8018B6 Hoballoy® 8018B8
AWS E8018-B6 H4R AWS E8018-B8 H4R
The Hoballoy 8018B6 is the right choice for 5% Cr, Whenever you face severe service conditions,
1/2% Mo steels and other chromiummolybdenum the Hoballoy 8018-B8 is the perfect electrode
steels in severe service conditions. Its special choice. Designed for joining creep-resistant, high
coating reduces moisture pick-up, minimizing chromium (9% Cr) alloys of similar composition,
hydrogen cracking and starting porosity. Plus, it its iron powder low-hydrogen coating reduces
offers excellent arc characteristics for a stable, moisture pick-up and helps to minimize hydrogen
easy-to-control arc and its quick slag removal cracking and starting porosity. It also offers a
means faster clean-up time. stable, easy-to-control arc and improved bead
appearance.
• Petrochemical and petroleum industries Typical applications
• Tubes and tube sheets • Petrochemical and petroleum industries
• Plate steels • Tubes, tube sheets and plate steels for high
• High pressure hydrogen service pressure hydrogen service
• 9% Cr and 1% Mo steels
Silicon............................................0.30 Sulphur..........................................0.008
Nickel.............................................0.07 Chromium......................................8.91
Molybdenum..................................0.90
Typical mechanical properties
(stress relieve 1 hour @ 1375°F): Typical mechanical properties
Tensile Strength (psi).........87,000 (603 MPa) (stress relieve 1 hour @ 1375°F):
Yield Strength (psi).............72,000 (499 MPa) Tensile Strength (psi).........196,000 (663 MPa)
Elongation % in 2”..............24% Yield Strength (psi).............76,000 (525 MPa)
Elongation % in 2”..............25%
Not required Typical Charpy V-notch impact values
Not required
recommended operating ranges: Available diameter and
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps recommended operating ranges:
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-210 amps 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-290 amps 5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-210 amps
Type of current: DCEP Type of current: DCEP

• AWS A5.5, E8018-B6 H4R • AWS A5.5, E8018-B8 H4R
• ABS E8018-B6 • ABS E8018-B8
• ASME SFA 5.5 • ASME SFA 5.5
90
Hoballoy® 8018C1 Hoballoy® 8018C2
AWS E8018-C1 H4 AWS E8018-C2 H4
Hoballoy 8018C1 is a high-quality electrode that’s Hoballoy 8018C2 is an outstanding electrode for
designed for applications of 2% nickel deposits low temperature applications requiring tensile
and the welding of nickel-bearing steels for low strengths greater than 80,000 psi and for welding
temperature applications where toughness of the 2% to 4% nickel steels. It features a special
weld metal is important. It provides good puddle formulated coating designed to minimize hydrogen
control, excellent wetting action and tie-in and cracking and starting porosity.
offers good arc characteristics as well as excellent
notch toughness (65 ft. lbs. at -75°F) and easy Typical applications:
slag removal. Hoballoy 8018C1 is also great for • Shipbuilding
welding in conditions of high heat or humidity as • Piping and gas storage tanks
it features a specially-formulated coating that’s • AR and T-1 steel welding
designed to minimize hydrogen cracking and
starting porosity. Typical Weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon...........................................0.03
Typical applications: Manganese....................................1.07
• Shipbuilding Phosphorus...................................0.01
• Piping Sulphur..........................................0.01
• Tanks used in the storage of gases Silicon............................................0.36
Nickel.............................................3.24
Carbon...........................................0.04 Typical mechanical properties
Manganese....................................1.01 (stress relieve 1 hour @ 1150°F):
Silicon............................................0.26 Tensile Strength (psi).........94,000 (647 MPa)
Phosphorus...................................0.01 Yield Strength (psi).............83,000 (572 MPa)
Sulphur..........................................0.01 Elongation % in 2”..............23%
Nickel.............................................2.57
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (SR):
Typical mechanical properties Avg. at -100°F (-73°C) 498 ft.lb. (6125J)
(stress relieve 1 hour @ 1125°F):
Tensile Strength (psi).........93,000 (643 MPa) Available diameter and
Yield Strength (psi).............79,000 (543 MPa) recommended operating ranges:
Elongation % in 2”..............26% 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (SR): 5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps
Avg. at -75°F (-59°C) 59 ft.lb. (80J) 1/4” (6.4 mm).....................300-400 amps
Available diameter and Type of current: DCEP

3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps Approvals and conformances:
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps • AWS A5.5, E8018-C2 H4
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps • ASME SFA5.5, E8018-C2 H4
3/16” (4 8 mm)...................200-300 amps • ABS E8018-C2
Type of current: DCEP or AC

• AWS A5.5, E8018-C1 H4
• ASME SFA 5.5, E8018-C1 H4
• ABS E8018-C1
91
Hoballoy® 8018C3 Hoballoy® 9015B9
AWS E8018-C3 H4 AWS E9015-B9 H4R
Hoballoy 8018-C3 electrodes are designed for The improved creep resistance of the Hoballoy
high tensile steels requiring 1% nickel weld 9015B9 make it an outstanding electrode for
deposits. power generation and high temperature service
applications. It features low moisture reabsorption
Typical applications: that prevents starting porosity and offers
• Commercial using 80,000 tensile steels resistance to hydrogen-induced cracking. Plus,
• Military using 80,000 tensile steels its quick and easy slag removal makes clean-up
• Welding of AR and T-1 steels faster than ever.
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Typical applications:

Carbon...........................................0.04 • Petrochemical and petroleum industries
Manganese....................................0.98 • High temperature service applications
Silicon............................................0.26 • Tubes, tube sheets
Phosphorus...................................0.01 • Pipe and plate steels
Sulphur..........................................0.01 • 9% Cr - 1% Mo-V steels
Nickel.............................................0.89
Chromium......................................0.07 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Molybdenum..................................0.09 Carbon...........................................0.10
Vanadium......................................0.01 Manganese....................................0.59
Phosphorus...................................0.01
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Sulphur..........................................0.01
Tensile Strength (psi).........84,000 (576 MPa) Silicon............................................0.19
Yield Strength (psi) ............73,000 (503 MPa) Copper...........................................0.02
Elongation % in 2” .............30% Chromium......................................8.90
Vanadium......................................0.23
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Nickel.............................................0.52
Avg. at -40°F (-40°C) 98 ft.lb. (133J) Molybdenum..................................0.92
Aluminum....................................< 0.01
Available diameter and Niobium.........................................0.04
recommended operating ranges: Nitrogen.........................................0.04
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps Typical mechanical properties
5/32 “(4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps (stress relieve 2 hours @ 1400°F):
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps Tensile Strength (psi).........113,000 (777 MPa)
Type of current: DCEP or AC Elongation % in 2”..............21%
Approvals and conformances: Typical Charpy V-notch impact values

• AWS A5.5, E8018-C3 H4 Not required
• ASME SFA 5.5, E8018-C3 H4
• MIL-E-22200/1 (1/8, 5/32) Available diameter and
• ABS E8018-C3 recommended operating ranges:
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-100 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-140 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................120-210 amps

• AWS A5.5, E9015-B9 H4R
• ASME SFA5.5
92
Hoballoy® 9018B3 Hoballoy® 9018B3L
AWS E9018-B3 H4R AWS E9018-B3L H4R, E8018-B3L H4R
Hobart’s Hoballoy 9018B3 is an outstanding Hoballoy 9018B3L is an outstanding electrode for

electrode that’s designed for welding higher welding higher-strength piping where cracking is a
strength steel applications. It offers better problem. It features a coating that’s specially
corrosion resistance than carbon electrodes and formulated to reduce moisture pick-up, which
features a special coating that’s formulated to makes it ideal for conditions of high heat and
reduce moisture pick-up, helping to minimize humidity and for minimizing hydrogen cracking
hydrogen cracking and starting porosity. and starting porosity.
Typical applications: Typical applications:

• Chrome-moly pipes • Chrome-moly pipes
• Castings • Boiler work
• Forgings
• Boiler work Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon...........................................0.03
Carbon...........................................0.08 Silicon............................................0.52
Manganese....................................0.68 Phosphorus...................................0.02
Silicon............................................0.55 Sulphur..........................................0.01
Phosphorus...................................0.02 Chromium......................................2.22
Sulphur..........................................0.01 Molybdenum..................................1.03
Chromium......................................2.39
Molybdenum..................................1.05 Typical mechanical properties
(stress relieve 1 hour @ 1275°F):
Typical mechanical properties Tensile Strength (psi).........97,000 (669 MPa)
(stress relieve 1 hour @ 1275°F): Yield Strength (psi).............82,000 (563 MPa)
Tensile Strength (psi).........109,000 (750 MPa) Elongation % in 2”..............20%
Elongation % in 2”..............21% Typical Charpy V-notch impact values
Not required
Not required Available diameter and
Available diameter and 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
recommended operating ranges: 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps 5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps 3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps Type of current: DCEP or AC
Type of current: DCEP or AC Approvals and conformances:

• AWS A5.5-81, E9018-B3L H4R
Approvals and conformances: • AWS A5.5-96, E8018-B3L H4R
• AWS A5.5, E9018-B3 H4R • ASME SFA 5.5, E9018-B3L
• ASME SFA 5.5, E9018-B3 H4R • ABS E9018-B3L
• ABS E9018-B3
93
Hoballoy® 9018M Hoballoy® 10018D2
AWS E9018-M H4R AWS E10018-D2 H4R
Hoballoy 9018M is an outstanding electrode A high-quality electrode, Hoballoy 10018D2 is

that’s designed for applications requiring tensile designed for the welding of high tensile steels
strengths of at least 90,000 psi. An ideal choice and manganese-molybdenum steels requiring
for conditions of high heat and humidity, Hoballoy tensile strengths of at least 100,000 psi. It has
9018M has a specially formulated coating that high operator appeal and offers a wide variety
reduces moisture pick-up, which helps to minimize of welding advantages including good arc
hydrogen cracking and starting porosity. characteristics, ductility, crackresistance, easy
slag removal, and low spatter and smoke. Plus,
Typical applications: Hoballoy 10018D2 is an ideal choice for conditions
• Joining HY-90 steel of high heat and humidity because it features a
• Joining HY-80 steel special coating that’s designed to reduce moisture
• Joining T-1 steel pick-up, which also helps to minimize hydrogen
• Joining other high-tensile steels cracking and starting porosity.

Carbon...........................................0.06 • Manganese-moly castings
Manganese....................................0.92 • Alloy forgings
Silicon............................................0.16 • Structurals
Phosphorus...................................0.014 • Pressure vessel applications in either the as
Sulphur..........................................0.016 welded or stress-relieved condition
Nickel.............................................1.63
Chromium......................................0.08 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Molybdenum..................................0.26 Carbon...........................................0.05
Vanadium......................................0.01 Manganese....................................1.96
Silicon............................................0.17
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Phosphorus...................................0.02
Tensile Strength (psi).........97,000 (672 MPa) Sulphur..........................................0.01
Yield Strength (psi).............84,000 (583 MPa) Molybdenum..................................0.40
Elongation % in 2”..............26% Nickel.............................................0.47
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Typical mechanical properties

Avg. at -60°F (-51°C) 60 ft.lb. (81J) (stress relieve 1 hour @ 1150°F):
Available diameter and Yield Strength (psi).............96,000 (661 MPa)
recommended operating ranges: Elongation % in 2”..............23%
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (SR):
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps Avg. at -60°F (-51°C) 40 ft.lb. (54J)
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps
Type of current: DCEP or AC recommended operating ranges:
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
Approvals and conformances: 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps
• AWS A5.5, E9018-M H4R 5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps
• ASME SFA 5.5, E9018-M H4R 3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps
• ABS E9018-M
• DNV 5 YH5 Type of current: DCEP or AC

• AWS A5.5, E10018-D2 H4R
• ASME SFA 5.5, E10018-D2 H4R
94
Hoballoy® 10018M Hoballoy® 11018M
AWS E10018-M H4R AWS E11018-M H4R
Designed for welding low alloy, high-strength Designed for military applications and other
steels, the Hoballoy 10018M provides good projects that require weld joints with tensile
ductility and excellent notch toughness. Its good strengths of at least 110,000 psi, Hoballoy 11018M
arc characteristics, easy slag removal, and low offers a wide range of welding advantages that
spatter and smoke combine for operator appeal. will improve your welding productivity – good arc
And it’s also ideal in high heat and humidity characteristics, excellent puddle control with good
because of its moisture-resistant coating, which wetting action and tie-in, and easy slag removal.
also helps to prevent hydrogen cracking and Ideal for conditions of high heat and humidity,
starting porosity. it features a special coating that’s designed to
reduce moisture pick-up, helping to minimize
Typical applications: hydrogen cracking and starting porosity. Hoballoy
• Reinforcing steel 11018M also offers good ductility, good crack
• HY-80, HY-90, T-1, AR and other high-tensile resistance and high notch toughness even at
steels temperatures as low as -60°F.

Carbon...........................................0.05 • Low-alloy steels including HY-80, HY-90 and T-1
Manganese....................................1.18
Phosphorus...................................0.014 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Sulphur..........................................0.007 Carbon...........................................0.04
Nickel.............................................1.77 Nickel.............................................1.99
Vanadium......................................0.01 Sulphur..........................................0.010
Molybdenum..................................0.29
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Chromium......................................0.19
Tensile Strength (psi).........100,000 (687 MPa) Vanadium......................................0.010
Elongation % in 2”..............25% Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Avg. at -60ºF (-51°C) 60 ft.lb. (82J) Elongation % in 2”..............22%

3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
3/16: (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................75-115 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps
Type of current: DCEP 5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps
Approvals and conformances: 1/4” (6.4 mm).....................300-400 amps
• AWS A5.5, E10018-M H4R
• ASME SFA5.5 Type of current: DCEP or AC
• ABS E10018M
• AWS A5.5, E11018-M H4R
• ASME SFA 5.5, E11018-M
• ABS E11018M
• MIL-E-222001, (1/8)
• DNV 5Y69
95
Hoballoy® 12018M
AWS E12018-M H4R
Hoballoy 12018M is designed for welding high

tensile steels requiring weld joints with tensile
strengths of at least 120,000 psi. It offers a wide
variety of welding advantages that include: good
arc characteristics, ductility, crack-resistance,
easy slag removal, and low spatter and smoke.
Hoballoy 12018M also works extremely well under
conditions of high heat and humidity because its
special coating is designed to reduce moisture
pick-up, which also helps to keep hydrogen
cracking and starting porosity to a minimum.
• Low-alloy steels
• Forgings
• Castings
• Plate and pressure vessels

Carbon...........................................0.05
Manganese....................................1.55
Silicon............................................0.42
Phosphorus...................................0.020
For more information:
Sulphur..........................................0.013 http://www.hobartbrothers.com
Nickel.............................................1.76
Molybdenum..................................0.39
Chromium......................................0.63
Vanadium......................................0.01

Elongation % in 2”..............19%

Avg. at -60°F (-51°C) 24 ft.lb. (32J)

3/32” (2.4 mm).....................70-110 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................90-160 amps
5/32” (4.0 mm)...................130-220 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................200-300 amps

• AWS A5.5, E12018-M H4R
• ASME SFA 5.5, E12018-M H4R
• ABS E12018M
96
Stainless Steel Electrodes
308/308H Sterling®AP 309H Sterling® AP
AWS E308-16, E308h-16 AWS E309-16
Excellent for use on Type 301, 302, 304, 305 and The moisture resistant, all-position 309 (H)
308 base metals, the 308/308H Sterling® AP is Sterling® AP electrode is primarily designed for
specially formulated with more than .04 carbon to welding. Type 309 metal but can also be used for
provide maximum elevated temperature strength. 18-8 clad steels or dissimilar materials if the alloy
It has a smooth running arc that results in a content is sufficiently high for a sound, ductile
uniform weld bead that is flat to slightly convex. It deposit. It yields a uniform weld bead that is flat to
is also ideal for use as an intermediate layer prior slightly convex. Note: Actual certs are included in
to the deposit of hard-facing materials. It yields every master carton of stainless stick electrodes
a concave weld bead that is smooth and refined. at no charge.
Note: Actual certs are included in every master
carton of stainless stick electrodes at no charge. Typical applications:
• Food and beverage
Typical applications: • Petrochemical plants
• Food and beverage • Pulp and paper
• Petrochemical plants • Other general fabrication on stainless steel
• Pulp and paper
• Other general fabrication on stainless steel Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
AWS Spec.
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Carbon............................ 0.05 .08 max
AWS Spec. Manganese..................... 1.05 .5-2.25
Carbon............................ 0.06 .08 max Phosphorus.................... 0.020 .04 max
Manganese..................... 1.00 .5-2.25 Sulphur........................... 0.016 .03 max
Phosphorus.................... 0.018 .04 max Silicon............................. 0.56 .90 max
Sulphur........................... 0.013 .03 max Copper............................ 0.10 .75 max
Silicon............................. 0.50 .90 max Chromium....................... 23.50 22.0-25.0
Copper............................ 0.10 .75 max Nickel ............................. 13.00 12.0-14.0
Chromium....................... 19.50 18.0-21.0 Molybdenum................... 0.10 .75 max
Nickel.............................. 9.80 9.0-11.0
Molybdenum................... 0.10 .75 max Typical mechanical properties (AW):
AWS Spec.
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Tensile Strength (psi)..... 88,000 80,000
AWS Spec. Yield Strength (psi)......... 67,000 not req.
Tensile Strength (psi)..... 86,000 80,000 Elongation % in 2”.......... 37% 30%
Yield Strength (psi)......... 65,000 not req. DeLong Ferrite Range.... 6-15 not req.
Elongation % in 2”.......... 41% 35%
DeLong Ferrite Range.... 4-10 not req. Available diameter and
Available diameter and 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................45-80 amps
recommended operating ranges: 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................55-120 amps
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................45-80 amps 5/32“ (4.0 mm).....................65-170 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................55-120 amps 3/16” (4.8 mm)...................160-205 amps
5/32 “ (4.0 mm)....................65-170 amps 1/4” (6.4 mm).....................180-225 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................160-205 amps
1/4” (6.4 mm).....................180-225 amps Type of current: DCEP or AC
97
310 AC-DC 312 AC-DC
AWS E310-16 AWS E312-16
The all position 310 AC-DC is ideal for welding Ideal for new fabrication or repair maintenance
base metal of similar composition, when the applications, 312 AC-DC is designed for welding
stainless base metal is of unknown composition, dissimilar joints of Type 312 metals. 312 AC-DC
as well as for dissimilar metals. Also excellent for can be used on hardenable steels, steel armor
welding and building up parts for heat treatment and generally hard to weld steels, offering
and case hardening furnaces, cement kilns outstanding performance with a directional arc and
and other burners subject to high temperature self-detaching slag. With capabilities considered
oxidation in a non-sulphurous atmosphere It has a equal to “special maintenance” electrodes, 312
smooth running arc that results in a uniform bead AC-DC is available at much less than the “special
that is flat to slightly convex. Note: Actual certs are maintenance” price. It has a smooth running arc
included in every master carton of stainless stick that results in a uniform bead that is flat to slightly
electrodes at no charge. convex.
Typical applications: Typical applications:

• Fabrication of preheater tubes for pressure • Joining dissimilar steels or hard-to-weld steels
vessels and other high temperature applications. • Single and multiple pass DCEP, AC.
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
AWS Spec. AWS Spec.
Carbon............................ 0.14 .08-.20 max Carbon............................ 0.07 .15 max
Manganese..................... 2.02 1.0-2.5 Manganese..................... 0.80 .05-2.5
Phosphorus.................... 0.015 .03 max Phosphorus.................... 0.015 .04 max
Sulphur........................... 0.015 .03 max Sulphur........................... 0.017 .03 max
Silicon............................. 0.46 .75 max Silicon............................. 0.40 .90 max
Copper............................ 0 .15 .75 max Copper............................ 0.15 .75 max
Chromium....................... 26.12 25.0-28.0 Chromium....................... 28.50 28.0-32.0
Nickel ............................. 21.00 20.0-22.5 Nickel ............................. 9.10 8.0-10.5
Molybdenum................... 0.12 .75 max Molybdenum................... 0.11 .75 max
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Typical mechanical properties (AW):

AWS Spec. AWS Spec.
Tensile Strength (psi)..... 86,000 80,000 Tensile Strength (psi)..... 115,000 95,000
Yield Strength (psi)......... 63,000 not req. Yield Strength (psi)......... 95,000 not req.
Elongation % in 2”.......... 40% 35% Elongation % in 2............ 25% 22%
DeLong Ferrite Range.... 0 not req. DeLong Ferrite Range.... 25-80 not req.
Available diameter and Available diameter and

recommended operating ranges: recommended operating ranges:
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................45-80 amps 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................45-80 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................55-120 amps 1/8” (3.2 mm).......................55-120 amps
5/32“ (4.0 mm).....................65-170 amps 5/32“ (4.0 mm).....................65-170 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................160-205 amps 3/16” (4.8 mm)...................160-205 amps
Type of current: DCEP or AC Type of current: DCEP or AC
98
316/316H Sterling® AP 410 AC-DC
AWS E316-16, E316H-16 AWS E410-16
316/316H Sterling AP is a fully alloyed core

®
An air-hardening stainless steel stick electrode,
wire electrode featuring a rutile basic coating. 410 AC-DC is used extensively in welding 12 Cr
It is excellent for welding Type 316 steel in material and requires post-weld heat treatment.
applications requiring increased corrosion It has a smooth running arc that results in a
resistance of molybdenum-bearing steels. A uniform bead that is flat to slightly convex. Note:
carbon content of at least .04 provides increased Actual certs are included in every master carton of
high temperature strength. It has a smooth running stainless stick electrodes at no charge.
arc that results in a uniform weld bead that is flat
to slightly convex. Note: Actual certs are included Typical applications:
in every master carton of stainless stick electrodes • Power generation
at no charge. • Hydro electric plants
• Fabrication of type CA-6NM castings
Typical applications: • Joining of Type 409, 410, 410S, and 405
• Food and beverage stainless steels
• Petrochemical plants,
• Pulp and paper Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
• Other general fabrication on stainless steel AWS Spec.
Carbon............................ 0.09 .12 max
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Manganese..................... 0.55 1.0 max
AWS Spec. Phosphorus.................... 0.016 .04 max
Carbon............................ 0.05 .08 max Sulphur........................... 0.017 .03 max
Manganese..................... 1.05 .5-2.25 Silicon............................. 0.29 .90 max
Phosphorus.................... 0.015 .04 max Copper............................ 0 .10 .75 max
Sulphur........................... 0.015 .03 max Chromium....................... 12.30 11.0-13.5
Silicon............................. 0.50 .90 max Nickel ............................. – .7 max
Copper............................ 0.20 .75 max Molybdenum................... .08 .75 max
Chromium....................... 18.50 17.0-20.0
Nickel ............................. 12.40 11.0-14.0 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Molybdenum................... 2.21 2.0-3.0 AWS Spec.
Tensile Strength (psi)..... 93,500 75,000
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Yield Strength (psi)......... 79,000 not req.
AWS Spec. Elongation % in 2”.......... 21% 20%
Tensile Strength (psi)..... 85,000 75,000
Yield Strength (psi)......... 68,000 not req. Available diameter and
Elongation % in 2”.......... 42% 30% recommended operating ranges:
DeLong Ferrite Range.... 2-6 not req. 3/32” (2.4 mm).....................45-80 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................55-120 amps
Available diameter and 5/32“ (4.0 mm).....................65-170 amps
recommended operating ranges: 3/16” (4.8 mm)...................160-205 amps
3/32” (2.4 mm).....................45-80 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm).......................55-120 amps Type of current: DCEP or AC
5/32“ (4.0 mm).....................65-170 amps
3/16” (4.8 mm)...................160-205 amps
Note: Sterling is a registered trademark of

Hobart Brothers Company.
99
Hard Surfacing Electrodes
Hardalloy® M-932 Hardalloy® 600
Hardalloy M-932 deposit is a martensitic alloy
®
Hardalloy® 600 is designed for overlay of mild
with good toughness and abrasion resistance and low alloy steels, providing moderate abrasion
designed for all weldable steels other than and impact and excellent metal-to-metal wear
austenitic stainless or manganese steels. Deposits resistance. Hardalloy has a smooth, steady
are just within the machinable range. arc that allows smooth operation for increased
productivity. It has good resistance to abrasion
Typical Applications: and impact which makes it versatile for overlaying
• Crane wheels different alloys.
• Frogs & switch points
• Low alloy steel railroad crossovers Typical Applications:
• Steel shafts • Coupling boxes
• Tractor undercarriage idlers & rollers • Dragline chain
• Dredge ladder rolls
Typical Deposit Analysis %: • Kiln trunnions
Carbon...........................................0.13 • Mill guides
Manganese....................................0.80 • Sliding metal parts
Silicon........................................... 0.40 • Wobbler ends
Chromium......................................2.20
Molybdenum..................................1.00 Typical Deposit Analysis %:
Iron.............................................Bal. Carbon.......................................... 0.60
Manganese....................................1.000
Typical Properties: Silicon........................................... 0.40
Tensile Strength............. 145,000 psi Chromium......................................4.00
Hardness, as deposited, Rc Iron.............................................Bal.
No. of #132 Rail/ 1020
Layers 1080 Steel* Steel Typical Properties:
1 38 33 Nonmachinable – Grinding only
2 39 36 Typical Hardness, Rc
3 38 38 No. of 1020
*700°F preheat and interpass temperature Layers Steel
Can be flame cut. 1 45-55RC
2 55-60RC
Optimum Current: 3 55-60RC
Diameter Amps 4 55-60RC
5/32” 170 Flame cutting can be difficult.
3/16” 220 Deposit is magnetic.
1/4” 300
Optimum Current
Polarity: DCEP Preferred or AC Diameter Amps
1/8” 110
5/32” 160
3/16” 210
Polarity: DCEP Preferred or AC
100
Hardalloy® 148 Hardalloy® 40 TIC
Hardalloy 148 deposit is a high carbonchromium
®
Hardalloy® 40 TIC deposit is a high alloy cast
austenitic plus carbide alloy steel suited to overlay iron containing chromium and titanium as
surfaces subjected to light abrasion accompanied the important alloying ingredients added for
by impact. It has excellent metal-to-metal frictional increased wear life. It is suited for surfaces
wear resistance, and the deposit retains hardness subjected to heavy abrasion and moderate
at temperatures up to 1200°F. impact. Hardalloy 40 TIC is an excellent
overlay material on both carbon steels and
Typical Applications: austenitic manganese base metals.
• Gyratory crusher mantles & cones
• Ingot tongs Typical Applications
• Mill guides • Ammonia knives
• Pulleys • Augers
• Slurry mixer paddles • Bucket teeth & lips
• Bulldozer end bits & blades
Typical Deposit Analysis %: • Cement chutes
Carbon...........................................1.80 • Coke pusher shoes
Manganese....................................0.60 • Conveyor screws
Silicon............................................1.80 • Crusher rolls
Chromium....................................30.00 • Cultivator chisels & sweeps
Nickel.............................................3.00 • Dredge pump inlet nozzle
Molybdenum..................................1.50 • Hammer mill hammers
Iron.............................................Bal. • Impactor crusher bars
• Mill hammers
Typical Properties: • Plow shares
Low stress abrasion – excellent. • Scraper blades
Machinability – Grinding only. • Sheepsfoot tampers
Typical Hardness, Rc • Subsoiler Tteeth
No. of 1020 12-14%
Layers Steel Mn Steel Typical Deposit Analysis %:
1 36RC 35RC Carbon...........................................3.00
2 39RC 38RC Manganese....................................1.10
3 43RC 40RC Silicon............................................0.80
Cannot be flame cut. Chromium......................................8.20
Little or no relief-check cracks. Titanium.........................................1.50
Maintains hot hardness to 1200°F. Iron.............................................Bal.
Optimum Current: Typical Properties:

Diameter Amps Nonmachinable, nonfogeable.
1/8” 120 Thickness – 2 layers min./3 layers max.
5/32” 160 Typical Hardness, Rc
3/16” 175 No. of 1020 12-14%
Layers Steel Mn Steel
Polarity: DCEP Preferred or AC 1 39 39
2 45 45
3 50 50
Cannot be flame cut.
Deposit is nonmagnetic.
Some relief-check cracks.
Maintains hot hardness to 1200°F.
Optimum Current
Diameter Amps
1/8” 120
5/32” 160
3/16” 200
1/4” 260
101
Hardalloy® 61
AWS EFe5-B
Hardalloy® 61 deposit is a martensitic surfacing

alloy similar to a high speed tool steel deposit. It
can be used for metal-to-metal wear and abrasive
wear up to 1000°F.
Typical Applications:
• Shear blades
• Sliding metal parts
• Trimming dies & punching dies
Typical Deposit Analysis %:

Carbon.......................................... 0.80
Manganese................................... 0.50
Silicon............................................0.70
Chromium......................................4.00 The information contained or otherwise referenced
Tingsten.........................................1.10 herein is presented only as “typical without
Molybdenum..................................8.00 guarantee or warranty, and McKay expressly
Vanadium......................................1.10 disclaims any liability incurred from any reliance
Iron.............................................Bal. thereon. Typical data are obtained when welded
and tested in accordance with AWS specification.
Typical Properties: Other tests and precedures may produce
Machinability – Grinding Only. different results. No data is to be construed as
Typical Hardness, Rc a recommendation for any welding condition or
No. of 1020 technique not contolled by McKay.
Layers Steel
1 53-55
2 57-63
Maintains hot hardness to 1000°F.
Optimum Current:
Diameter Amps
1/8” 140
5/32” 180

• AWS A5.13, EFe5-B
102
Build-Up & Overlay Electrodes
Hardalloy® 118 Chrome-Mang™
Hardalloy 118 deposit is a work hardening
®
Hardalloy® Chrome-Mang deposit is a premium
austenitic manganese steel alloy. It is designed for work hardening chromiummanganese austenitic
the build-up and joining of austenitic manganese stainless steel alloy. It can be used for the build-up
steels only. Provides a good wear resistance and joining of manganese, as well as carbon and
under heavy impact conditions. Weld deposits are low alloy steels. It has higher toughness than
extremely tough, and work hardens rapidly. conventional manganese steel deposits. Crack
resistance is excellent.
• Crusher jaws & cones Typical Applications:
• Crusher rolls • Crusher jaws & cones
• Dredge pump casings, impellers, & side plates • Hammer mill hammers
• Gyratory crusher mantles & cones • Hydroelectric turbines
• Hammer mill hammers • Impactor crusher bars
• Impactor crusher bars • Similar to those for Hardalloy® 118, especially
• Manganese bucket teeth where the base metal is questionable or when
• Manganese steel railroad crossovers & frogs contamination may be an issue
• Sizing screens • Sizing screens
Typical Deposit Analysis %: Typical Deposit Analysis %:

Carbon...........................................0.80 Carbon...........................................0.40
Manganese..................................16.50 Manganese..................................14.50
Silicon............................................0.50 Silicon............................................0.60
Chromium......................................5.00 Chromium....................................14.00
Nickel.............................................0.30 Nickel.............................................1.00
Iron.............................................Bal. Molybdenum..................................1.50
Vanadium......................................0.50
Typical Properties: Iron.............................................Bal.
Tensile Strength.................127,000 psi
Yield Strength.......................78,000 psi Typical Properties:
Elongation in 2”............................50% Tensile Strength.................130,000 psi
Machinability – Difficult Yield Strength.......................94,000 psi
Hardness: Elongation in 2”............................40%
As Deposited........................18-22 Rc Machinability........................ Difficult
Work Hardened ...................50-55 Rc Hardness:
Flame cutting is difficult. As Deposited........................18-22 Rc
Nonmagnetic. Work Hardened ...................50-55 Rc
Optimum Current: Nonmagnetic.
Diameter Amps
1/8” 120 Optimum Current
5/32” 180 Diameter Amps
3/16” 230 1/8” 150
1/4” 280 5/32” 200
3/16” 250
103
Hardalloy® 32 Hardalloy® 58
Hardalloy 32 deposit is a heat treatable alloy
®
Hardalloy® 58 deposit is a martensitic alloy
steel suited for the build-up of carbon and low for hard, tough overlays on carbon and low
alloy steels only. The weld metal is sound, and the alloy steel parts only. The deposit is sound
good compressive strength makes it an excellent with a good combination of impact and
base for hard surfacing. It has excellent resistance abrasion resistance. Proper preheat is
to cracking and checking in heavy thicknesses. required for crack-free deposits.
Typical Applications: Typical Applications:

• Bucket teeth & lips • Coupling boxes
• Coupling boxes • Dragline chain
• Crane wheels • Dredge ladder rolls
• Dragline buckets & chain • Kiln trunnions
• Dredge ladder rolls • Mill guides
• Gear teeth • Sliding metal parts
• Grizzly bars & fingers • Wobbler ends
• Kiln trunnions
• Mine car wheels Typical Deposit Analysis %:
• Steel Shafts Carbon...........................................0.60
• Tractor idlers & rollers Manganese....................................1.20
• Wobbler ends Silicon............................................0.70
Chromium......................................5.50
Typical Deposit Analysis %: Molybdenum..................................0.50
Carbon.......................................... 0.18 Iron.............................................Bal.
Manganese................................... 0.90
Silicon............................................0.60 Typical Properties:
Chromium..................................... 0.70 Machinability Grinding Only
Molybdenum..................................0.30 Typical Hardness, Rc
Iron.............................................Bal. No. of Layers 1020 Steel
1 45-55
Typical Properties: 2 55-60
Machinability..................... Excellent Flame cutting is difficult.
Typical Hardness, Rc Deposit is magnetic.
No. of Layers 1020 Steel Deposit is heat treatable and forgeable.
1-2 17-20
3-8 25-30 Optimum Current:
Can be flame cut. Diameter Amps
Deposit is strongly magnetic. 1/8” 110
Depoosit is heat treatable and forgeable. 5/32” 160
3/16” 210
Optimum Current 1/4” 270
Diameter Amps
1/8” 140 Polarity: DCEP Preferred or AC
5/32” 180
3/16” 220
1/4” 300
104
Hardalloy® 140 Hardalloy® 155
Hardalloy 140 deposits a high chromium
®
Hardalloy® 155 deposits an extra high chromium
carbide alloy steel. It can be used to overlay carbide alloy steel intended for overlay on
surfaces subjected to high abrasion coupled surfaces subjected to extremely severe abrasion.
with some impact. It maintains its wear It maintains its hot hardness to 1250°F and has
resistance to a temperature of 1200°F and an excellent edge building capability. Hardalloy
offers some corrosion resistance. Hardalloy 155 is designed for overlay on carbon, low
140 is designed for carbon, low alloy or allow, or manganese steel base metals or over
austenitic manganese base metals or a weld a welded build-up base of Hardalloy 32, 118, or
metal base of Hardalloy 32, Hardalloy 118, or Chrome-Mang.
Chrome-Mang™.
Typical Applications: • Ammonia knives • Augers
• Ammonia knives • Mill guides • Bucket lips & teeth • Bulldozer blades
• Augers • Muller tires • Coal feeder screws • Coal pulverizer hammers
• Bucket teeth & lips • Pipeline ball joints • Cement chutes • Coke pusher shoes
• Bulldozer blades • Plow shares • Coke chutes • Crusher jaws & cones
• Cement chutes • Scraper blades • Conveyor screws • Cultivator chisels & sweeps
• Crusher jaws & cones • Screw conveyers • Crusher rolls
• Crusher rolls • Sheepsfoot tampers • Dredge cutter heads &teeth
• Cultivator chisels & sweeps • Sizing screens • Dredge pump inlet nozzle & side plates
• Dredge cutter heads & teeth • Fan blades
• Dredge pump side plates • Gizzzly bars & fingers
• Grizzly bars & fingers • Manganese pump shells
• Hammer mill hammers • Muller tires
• Impactor crusher bars • Ore/coal chutes
• Manganese pump sheels • Paving agitator screws
• Pipeline ball joints
Typical Deposit Analysis %: • Pug mill paddles
Carbon...........................................3.00 • Ripper shanks
Manganese................................... 0.40 • Road rippers
Silicon............................................2.00 • Sheepsfoot tampers, similar to those for
Chromium....................................30.00 Hardalloy 140 where additional abrasion
Molybdenum..................................0.70 resistance is required
Iron.............................................Bal. • Sizing screens
• Subsoiler teeth
Typical Properties:
Machinability . . . . . . . . . . .Grinding only Typical Deposit Analysis %:
Typical Hardness, Rc Carbon...........................................5.50
No. of 1020 12-14% Mn Manganese....................................0.40
Layers Steel Steel Silicon............................................1.00
1 53 50 Chromium....................................32.00
2 57 55 Molybdenum..................................4.50
3 54 56 Iron.............................................Bal.
Deposit will relief-check crack. Typical Properties:
Deposit maintains hot hardness to 1200°F. Machinability.......................Grinding Only
Thickness...........................3 layers max
Optimum Current: Typical Hardness................59-63 HRC
Diameter Amps Cannot be flame cut.
1/8” 120 Deposit will relief-check crack readily.
5/32” 155 Deposit maintains hot hardness to 1250°F.
3/16” 190
Optimum Current:
Polarity: DCEP Preferred or AC Diameter Amps
1/8” 140
5/32” 150
3/16” 190
105
Special Alloy Electrodes
Cast-Alloy™ Cast-Alloy™ 60
AWS ENi-Cl AWS ENiFe-Cl
The “straight” nickel electrode excels in low stress Because of its chemistry (approximately 50%
welding applications on light and medium weight iron and 50% nickel), the Cast-Alloy 60 can offer
castings and where maximum machinability is several advantages over conventional “straight”
desired. nickel electrodes. Among the benefits are stronger
and more ductile deposits, better hot crack
Typical Deposit Analysis %: resistance, lower coefficient of thermal expansion,
Carbon...........................................1.10 and lower cost.
Manganese....................................0.40
Silicon............................................2.70 Typical Deposit Analysis %:
Copper...........................................1.40 Carbon...........................................1.30
Iron................................................5.50 Manganese....................................0.50
Nickel...........................................89.00 Silicon........................................... 0.60
Iron..............................................48.00
Typical Properties as Welded: Nickel...........................................49.00
Yield Strength.....................38,000 psi Typical Properties as Welded:
Elongation in 2”...................4.5% Tensile Strength.................70,000 psi
Yield Strength.....................52,000 psi
Optimum Current: Elongation in 2”...................9.5%
Diameter Amps
3/32” 70 Optimum Current
1/8” 95 Diameter Amps
5/32” 130 3/32” 70
3/16” 190 1/8” 95
5/32” 130
Polarity: DCEP Preferred or AC 3/16” 190
Approvals and conformances: Polarity: DCEP Preferred or AC

• AWS Spec A5.15, ASME SFA5.15
• AWS Spec A5.15, ASME SFA5.15
106
Special Alloy Electrodes
GP
A special stainless alloy electrode balanced for
maximum strength and crack resistance. GP is
recommended for joining dissimilar metals and
hard-to-weld steels. Deposits have over 20%
ferrite and crack resistance equal to the armor
welding electrodes. GP can be used for any high
strength application, where wear, impact, heat
and corrosion resistant properties are required.
Excellent for highly alloyed steels and for repair of
cracked dies. Excellent operation in all positions.
• Welding attachments to manganese castings
• Welding grouser bars to grousers
• Welding T-1 steel lips to manganese buckets
Optimum Current:
Diameter Amps
3/32” 70
1/8” 105 For more information:
5/32” 140 http://www.hobartbrothers.com
3/16” 170
Typical Deposit Analysis %:

Carbon...........................................0.06
Manganese....................................1.00
Silicon............................................0.50
Chromium....................................26.50
Nickel.............................................9.00
Iron.............................................Bal.
Typical Properties as Welded:

Yield Strength.....................90,000 psi
Elongation in 2”...................27%
Machinability.......................Good
Thickness...........................As required

Nonmagnetic.
107
Steel Solid Wires
QUANTUM ARCTM 3 QCL-3
AWS ER70S-3 AWS ER70S-3
When you need a wire versatile enough for A premium copperless, mild steel wire, with silicon
general fabrication or a wire that can handle and manganese levels suitable for light levels of
argon-rich mixtures like 75% Ar/25% CO2 with rust and mill scale, QCL-3 is designed for use
ease, choose Hobart Quantum Arc 3. It’s a with CO2, argon-rich, and argon/oxygen mixtures,
precision mix of silicon and manganese in a exhibiting a smooth, stable arc in high speed
deoxidized wire that makes short-circuiting and spray, pulse and short arc applications.
spray-transfer applications go smoothly.
Typical applications: • General fabrication
• Auto frames • Farm implement fabrication
• General fabrication • Auto and truck assemblies
• Farm equipment • Storage bins
• Ornamental iron fabrication • Railcar assemblies
• Railcars
• Sheet metal Typical wire chemistry (as manufactured):
• Storage bins Carbon...........................................0.09
Manganese....................................1.19
Typical wire chemistry (as manufactured): Silicon............................................0.46
Carbon...........................................0.08 Phosphorus...................................0.015
Manganese....................................1.19 Sulphur..........................................0.010
Silicon............................................0.46
Phosphorus...................................0.015 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Sulphur..........................................0.010 100% CO2
Copper...........................................0.20 Carbon ......................................... 0.088
Manganese .................................. 0.91
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Silicon........................................... 0.34
100% CO2 Phosphorus.................................. 0.012
Carbon.......................................... 0.09 Sulphur......................................... 0.011
Manganese................................... 0.90
Silicon........................................... 0.35 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Phosphorus.................................. 0.11 CO2
Sulphur..........................................0.012 Tensile Strength (psi).........81,000 (556 MPa)
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Elongation % in 2”..............27%
CO2
Tensile Strength (psi).........77,000 (531 MPa) Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Yield Strength (psi).............63,000 (436 MPa) Avg. at 0°F (-18°C) 79 ft.lb. (107J)
Elongation % in 2”..............26%
Approvals and Conformances:
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): • AWS A5.18, ER70S-3
Avg. at 0°F (-18°C), CO2 83 ft.lb. (113J) • ASME SFA 5.18, ER70S-3
• CWB ER49S-3
• AWS A5.18, ER70S-3 Recommended welding procedures:
• ASME SFA 5.18, ER70S-3 See pages 74-75.
• CWB ER49S-3
Recommended welding procedures:

See pages 74-75.
108
Steel Solid Wires
HB-25 QUANTUM ARCTM 6
HB-25 is a mild steel, copper coated solid wire When the task demands excellent weldability for
formulated with silicon and manganese deoxidiers C02 or Ar/CO2 mixtures and you have rusty, scaly
to produce high quality welds with virtually no or oily plates, choose the mild steel electrode with
porosity or slag. An industry favorite, HB-25 can deoxidizers powerful enough to handle the job.
be used for a wide variety of general fabrication Hobart Quantum Arc 6 is formulated to ensure
projects. It delivers excellent short circuit welding sound, porosity-free welds over a wide range of
performance with 75% Ar/25% CO2 and other general shop fabrications.
recommended commercially available shielding
gases. It can also be used for spray transfer arc Typical applications:
welding applications. • Construction work
• Farm implement fabrication
Typical applications: • General shop work
• Auto frames • Steel castings or forging salvage
• Railcars • Shaft buildup
• Sheet metal • Tanks
• Metal furniture • Auto and truck assemblies
• Storage bins
• General fabrication with wire feed speeds Typical wire chemistry (as manufactured):
ranging from very slow to moderately fast. Carbon...........................................0.08
Manganese....................................1.45
Typical wire chemistry (as manufactured): Silicon............................................0.81
Silicon............................................0.57
Phosphorus...................................0.007 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Sulphur..........................................0.012 CO2
Copper...........................................0.22 Tensile Strength (psi).........85,000 (587 MPa)
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Elongation % in 2”..............26%
Yield Strength (psi).............70,000 (485 MPa) Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Elongation % in 2”..............27.0% Avg. at -20°F (-29°C), CO2.50 ft.lb. (67J)
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Approvals and Conformances:

Avg. at 0°F, CO2.................94 ft.lb.(128J) • AWS A5.18, ER70S-6
• ASME SFA A5.18, ER70S-6
Approvals and Conformances: • ABS ER70S-6
• AWS A5.18, ER70S-3 • CWB ER49S-6
• ASME SFA A5.18, F-6, A1
Recommended welding procedures: See pages 74-75.
See pages 74-75.
109
Steel Solid Wires
QCL-6 HB-28
A premium copperless, mild steel wire with higher When your CO2 welding task won’t allow for strict
deoxidizer levels for use on light to moderately cleaning practices, choose HB-28. It’s a mild
scaled or lightly rusted plate without pre-cleaning. steel electrode that provides sound, porosity-free
QCL-6 produces a smooth, stable arc, with welds. You’ll get excellent weldability with powerful
low spatter levels, producing a weld bead that deoxidizers for your work with CO2 and other
ties evenly to the sides. QCL-6 can be used commercially available shielding gas mixtures.
with all common gas mixtures and arc transfer
applications (short arc, spray, pulse). Typical applications:
• Construction work
Typical applications: • Farm implement fabrication
• General fabrication • General shop applications with poor fit-up or
• Pressure vessels rusty, oily plates
• Pipe fabrication • Steel castings or forging salvage
• Auto, truck, farm assemblies • Tanks
• Railcar assemblies • Home projects
• Sheet metal
Typical wire chemistry (as manufactured):
Carbon...........................................0.08 Typical wire chemistry (as manufactured):
Phosphorus...................................0.007 Silicon............................................0.80
Sulphur..........................................0.012
CO2 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Tensile Strength (psi).........79,000 (546 MPa) CO2
Yield Strength (psi).............63,000 (436 MPa) Tensile Strength (psi).........86,000 (596 MPa)
Elongation % in 2”..............28% Yield Strength (psi).............71,000 (487 MPa)
Elongation % in 2”..............27%
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)..........77 ft.lb. (104J) Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C), CO2......52 ft.lb. (71J)
• AWS A5.18, ER70S-6 Approvals and Conformances:
• ASME SFA 5.18, ER70S-6 • AWS A5.18, ER70S-6
• CWB ER49S-6 • ASME SFA 5.18, ER70S-6
Recommended welding procedures: Recommended welding procedures:

See pages 74-75. See pages 74-75.
110
Steel Solid Wires
QUANTUM ARCTM D2 QCL-D2
AWS ER80S-D2, ER90S-G AWS ER80S-D2, ER90S-G
This exceptional quality, high-strength welding QCL-D2 is a premium copperless solid wire with
wire gives you an X-ray quality weld deposit. You a chemistry that includes the addition of 1/2%
can use it with CO2, Ar/CO2 and Ar/O2 mixtures molybdenum to provide increased strength in
in situations where porosity is a problem or when those applications requiring tensile strengths of
you must counter high-sulfur or carbon content in 80,000-90,000. QCL-D2 provides x-ray quality
your base metal. welds, and can be used with CO2, 75/25, and
90/10 shielding gases.
• Alloy applications Typical applications:
• Construction equipment • High temperature service piping
• High-strength welds • Construction equipment
• X-ray quality applications • Trailers
• Cranes
Typical wire chemistry (as manufactured): • High tensile applications
Carbon...........................................0.10
Manganese....................................1.72 Typical wire chemistry (as manufactured):
Silicon............................................0.63 Carbon...........................................0.08
Sulphur..........................................0.016 Silicon............................................0.65
Sulphur..........................................0.012
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Molybdenum..................................0.47
CO2 Copper...........................................0.06
Elongation % in 2”..............20% CO2
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C), CO2 34 ft.lb. (46J) Elongation % in 2”..............23%
Approvals and Conformances: Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):

• AWS A5.28, ER80S-D2, ER90S-G Avg. at -20°F (-29°C), CO2 41 ft.lb. (56J)
• ASME SFA 5.28, ER80S-D2, ER90S-G
• CWB Approvals and Conformances:
• AWS A5.28, ER80S-D2, ER90S-G
Recommended welding procedures: • ASME SFA 5.28, ER80S-D2, ER90S-G
See pages 74-75. • CWB

See pages 74-75.
111
Tubular Wires
FabCO® RXR FabCO® TR-70
AWS E70T-1C AWS E70T-1C H8, E70T-9C H8
When you’re faced with welding through rust, For a gas-shielded tubular wire with low smoke,
mill scale or light oil, choose the wire specifically low spatter and extremely smooth operator
designed for the task: FabCO RXR. It’s an appeal, choose FabCO TR-70. Its deep-
E70T-1 gas-shielded flux-cored wire that performs penetration, low hydrogen weld deposit is tolerant
beautifully when more deoxidizers are required. It to rust, mill scale and light oil. Its low-smoke
can handle both mild and low alloy steels requiring properties make it ideal for light to heavy gauge
single-or multi-pass welds. FabCO RXR has a mild steel and low alloy steels.
spray type transfer, low spatter and an easily
removed moderate volume slag, which completely Typical applications:
covers the weld bead. You’ll get a weld with deep • Earthmoving equipment
penetration, a low hydrogen deposit and excellent • Heavy fabrications
operator appeal! RXR is designed for use with • Railroad cars
CO2 shielding gas only. • Steel structures
• Storage vessels
• Mild and low alloy steels Typical diffusible hydrogen
• Single- and multi-pass applications (gas chromatography): 6.1ml/100g
• Steel structures
• Storage vessels Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
• Earthmoving equipment Carbon...........................................0.024
• Heavy fabrications Manganese....................................1.34
• Railroad cars including center sills, strikers, Silicon............................................0.49
bolsters, side sheets, and more Phosphorus...................................0.013
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Sulphur..........................................0.010
Carbon...........................................0.06
Manganese ...................................1.58 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Phosphorus...................................0.015 Yield Strength (psi) ............74,700 (515 MPa)
Sulphur..........................................0.02 Elongation % in 2”..............27%
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Tensile Strength (psi).........92,000 (634 MPa) Avg. at 0°F (-18°C).............36 ft.lb.(49J)
Yield Strength (psi).............77,700 (536 MPa) Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)..........26 ft.lb.(35J)
Elongation % in 2”..............26.5%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Electrical
Avg. at 0°F (-18°C).............35 ft.lb.(47J) Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)..........22 ft.lb.(30J) .045” (1.2 mm) 150-250 23-29 1/4”-3/4”
.052” (1.4 mm) 150-350 24-32 1/2”-1”
Recommended welding procedures: 1/16” (1.6 mm) 170-350 25-34 3/4”-1-1/4”
Electrical 5/64” (2.0 mm) 250-550 26-34 3/4”-1-1/4”
Dia Amps Volts Stickout 3/32” (2.4 mm) 300-650 26-40 3/4”-1-1/4”
.045” (1.2 mm) 150-250 21-27 1/2”-1”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 200-375 25-29 5/8”-1” Shielding gas: 100% CO2
5/64” (2.0 mm) 250-400 26-33 3/4”-1-1/4”
3/32” (2.4 mm) 350-550 26-36 3/4”-1-1/4” Type of current: DCEP
7/64” (2.8 mm) 500-700 30-36 3/4”-1-1/4”
1/8” (3.2 mm) 600-800 32-38 3/4”-1-1/4” Approvals and conformances:
Shielding gas: 100% CO2 • AWS A5.20, E70T-1C H8, E70T-9C H8
• ASME SFA 5.20 E70T-1C H8, E70T-9C H8
Type of current: DCEP • ABS 100% CO2 E70T-1
• CWB 100% CO2 E492T-9 H8
• AWS A5.20, E70T-1C
• ASME SFA 5.20, E701T-1C, E70T-9C
• ABS 100% CO2 2SA, 2YSA H1O
• CWB E492T-9 H8
• MIL-E-24403/1
112
Tubular Wires
FabCO® 85 FabCO® Hornet
AWS E70T-5CJ H4, E70T-5MJ H4 AWS A5.20: E71T-1C H8, E71T-1M H8, E71T-9C
H8, E71T-9M H8
You’re outside on a construction site. Your arc is
exposed to low temperatures and drafts. You need • Superior penetration profiles
FabCO 85. It’s a flux-cored wire with basic type • Promotes high-quality welds
slag and globular type metal transfer. • Easy slag removal and low spatter levels
• Reduces clean-up time, minimizes risk of
Typical applications: inclusions
• Outdoor construction welding • Good impact strength at low temperatures
• Welding medium carbon steel • Resists cracking in severe applications
• Welding low alloy high-strength steel • Low fume generation rate • Increases operator
• Welding matching steels appeal, improves the working environment
• Heavy equipment
Typical diffusible hydrogen • Outdoor construction welding
(gas chromatography): • Welding medium carbon steel
100% CO2 80% Ar/20% CO2 • Welding low alloy high-strength steel
1.10ml/100g 1.61ml/100g • Welding matching steels
• Heavy equipment
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Typical diffusible hydrogen
100% 80% Ar (gas chromatography):
CO2 20% CO2 100% CO2 80% Ar/20% CO2
Carbon ........................... 0.06 0.07 1.10ml/100g 1.61ml/100g
Manganese .................... 1.18 1.47
Silicon ............................ 0.60 0.75 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Phosphorus ................... 0.009 0.010 100% 75% Ar
Sulphur .......................... 0.013 0.014 CO2 25% CO2
Carbon............................ 0.030 0.02
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Manganese..................... 1.29 1.52
Tensile Strength(psi) 79,000 90,000 Silicon............................. 0.30 0.40
(545 MPa) (621 MPa) Phosphorus.................... 0.011 0.008
Yield Strength (psi)........ 63,000 76,000 Sulphur........................... 0.005 0.004
(434 MPa) (524 MPa)
Elongation % in 2”......... 29% 24% Typical mechanical properties
[Aged 48 hrs@200°F (93°C)]:
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Tensile Strength (psi).... 86,000 93,000
Avg. at -40°F (-40°C) 45 ft.lb.(61J) 41 ft.lb.(56J) (6593 MPa) (642 MPa)
Yield Strength (psi)........ 81,000 89,000
Recommended welding procedures: (558 MPa) (614 MPa)
Electrical Elongation % in 2”......... 29% 26%
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
5/64” (2.0 mm) 240-400 26-30 5/8”-1-1/4” Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
3/32” (2.4 mm) 300-500 26-32 3/4”-1-1/2” Avg. at -40°F (-40°C) 45 ft.lb.(61J) 41 ft.lb.(56J)
Shielding gas: 100% CO2, 80% Ar/20% CO2
Type of current: DCEP •AWS A5.20, E71T-1C H8, E71T-1M H8, E71T-
9C H8, E71T-9M H8,
Approvals and conformances: •AWS A5.20M, E491T-1C H8, E491T-1M H8,
• AWS A5.20, E70T-5CJ H4, E70T-5MJ H4, E491T-9C H8, E491T-9M H8
• ASME SFA 5.20, E70T-5CJ H4, E70T-5MJ H4 •ASME SFA 5.20, E71T-1C H8, E71T-1M H8,
• ABS 100% CO2 E70T-5, 80% Ar/20% CO2 E71T-9C H8, E71T-9M H8
E70T-5 • ABS, 100% CO2, 3YSA H10, 80% Ar/20%CO2,
• CWB 100% CO2 E492T-5J H4, 80%Ar/20% CO2 3YSA H10
E492T-5MJ H4 • CWB, 100% CO2, E491T-9-H8, 80% Ar/20%CO2,
E491T-9M-H8
• AWS D1.8 Conformance: 0.045” (1.2 mm) &
1/16” (1.6 mm) diameter electrodes with 100%
CO2 or 75% Ar/25% CO2 shielding gases
113
Tubular Wires
Excel-Arc 71 Formula XL®-525
AWS E71T-1C, E71T-1M, E71T-9C, E71T-9M H8 AWS E71T-1M, E71T-12MJ H8
A versatile, high-penetrating tubular wire, Formula XL-525 is a tubular, all-position wire that
Excel-Arc 71 is designed to be used with a 100% is designed for the welding of mild and carbon
CO2 or a 75% Ar/25% CO2 gas mixture to make steels, especially when good impact toughness at
fabrication easier in any position. You’ll see a low- subzero temperatures is required. Ideal for single
hydrogen weld deposit in a spray-type transfer of and multi-pass applications, it delivers outstanding
weld metal, with less smoke, deep penetration and welding performance and produces a high quality,
a high-deposition rate. With low spatter, cleanup X-ray clear weld deposit. Formula XL-525 has
is a snap and it’s great for single- or multi-pass outstanding mechanical properties that resemble
jobs. This wire exceeds the AWS impact strength those of E7018 SMAW electrodes, plus high
requirement of 20 ft. lb. at both 0°F and -20°F. operator appeal with low fume levels, low spatter
Typical applications: and easy slag removal.
• Low-alloy steels Typical applications:
• Mild steels • Shipbuilding
• Multi-pass applications • Storage vessels
• Single-pass applications • Offshore structures
Typical diffusible hydrogen • Earthmoving equipment
(gas chromatography): Less than 7.0ml/100g • Piping
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Typical diffusible hydrogen
100% 80% Ar (gas chromatography): 3.38ml/100g
CO2 20% CO2
Carbon ........................0.021 0.022 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Manganese..................1.30 1.60 80% Ar/20% CO2
Silicon.........................0.69 0.82 Carbon...........................................0.04
Phosphorus.................0.015 0.015 Manganese....................................1.24
Sulphur .......................0.011 0.010 Silicon............................................0.29
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Nickel.............................................0.37
Tensile Strength (psi).... 87,400 96,000 Phosphorus...................................0.010
(603 MPa) (662 MPa) Sulphur..........................................0.015
Yield Strength (psi)........ 79,100 85,800 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
(545 MPa) (592 MPa) 80% Ar/20% CO2
Elongation % in 2”......... 27.6% 25.8% Tensile Strength (psi).........82,000 (565 MPa)
Avg. at -0°F (-18°C) 70 ft.lb.(95J) 59 ft.lb.(80J) Elongation % in 2”..............29%
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 51 ft.lb.(69J) 50 ft.lb.(68J) Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Recommended welding procedures: Avg. at 0°F(-18°C) 100 ft.lb.(136J)
Electrical Avg. at -40°F(-40°C) 66 ft.lb.(90J)
.035” (0.9 mm) 140-250 20-25 3/8”-5/8” Recommended welding procedures:
.045” (1.2 mm) 180-280 22-28 1/2”-3/4” Electrical
.052” (1.4 mm) 190-310 22-29 5/8”-3/4” Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
1/16” (1.6 mm) 180-360 22-30 5/8”-1” .045” (1.2 mm) 150-300 24-31 1/2”-1”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 225-450 24-34 1/2”-1”
Shielding gas: 100% CO2, 75% Ar/25% CO2
Type of current: DCEP Shielding gas: 75-80% Ar/20-25% CO2
• AWS A5.20, E71T-1C, E71T-1M, E71T-9C,
E71T-9M H8 Approvals and conformances:
• ASME SFA 5.20, E71T-1C, E71T-1M, E71T-9C, • AWS A5.20 E71T-1M, E71T-12MJ H8,
E71T-9M H8 • ASME SFA 5.20, Class E71T-1M, E71T-12MJ
• ABS 75% Ar/25% CO2-3SA, 3YSA H10, 100% H8
CO2 3SA, 3YSA H10 • ABS 80% Ar/20% CO2 3SA, 3YSA 75% Ar/25%
• Bureau Veritas SA3YM HH CO2 3SA, 3YSA
• CWB 100% CO2 E491T-9 H8, 80% Ar/20% CO2 • Bureau Veritas 80% Ar/20% CO2 SA3YM
E491T-9M H8 • CWB 80%Ar/20% CO2 E491T-12M H8
• DNV III Y40M H10 • DNV Grade III Y40 MS
• Lloyd’s Register 100% CO2 3S, 3YS H10 • Lloyd’s Register 80%Ar/20%CO2 3S 3YS H15
114
Tubular Wires
Formula XL®-550 Formula XL®-8Ni1
AWS E71T-1, E71T-12J H4 AWS E81T1-Ni1 MJ H8
.045”, .052”: AWS E71T-1C, E71T-12CJ
H4 1/16”: AWS E71T-1C, E71T-12CJ H8 Formula XL-8Ni1 is an all-position tubular wire
that’s designed for welding medium carbon and
Formula XL-550 is formulated with added low alloy steels. Specifically formulated to produce
deoxidizers to allow you to weld through rust, a high quality, X-ray clear weld deposit that’s flat
mill scale and some primers with little or no pre- to slightly convex in contour. Formula XL-8Ni1
cleaning. Outstanding, all-position Formula XL-550 provides you with good wet-in capabilities along
is designed to weld mild steels, producing a with high impact values at low temperatures, and
high-quality, X-ray clear weld deposit that delivers it allows you to weld over rust, mill scale and some
high impact values at low temperatures. Good primers without the need for pre-cleaning. Plus,
wet-in action produces a bead contour that’s flat to with low spatter levels and easy slag removal,
slightly convex with light slag that keeps clean-up clean-up is kept to a minimum.
time to a minimum.
Typical applications: • Ships
• Ships • Storage vessels
• Storage vessels • Structures
• Structures • Earthmoving equipment
• Earthmoving equipment • Piping
• Piping
Typical diffusible hydrogen
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas chromatography): 5.9ml/100g
(gas chromatography): Less than 4ml/100g
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): 75% Ar/25% CO2
100% CO2 Carbon...........................................0.068
Carbon...........................................0.04 Manganese....................................1.35
Manganese....................................0.67 Silicon............................................0.40
Silicon............................................0.16 Phosphorus...................................0.014
Phosphorus...................................0.008 Sulphur..........................................0.011
Sulphur..........................................0.013 Nickel.............................................1.06
Nickel.............................................0.44
Typical mechanical properties (AW): 75% Ar/25% CO2
100% CO2 Tensile Strength (psi).........96,300 (664 MPa)
Tensile Strength (psi).........74,000 (510 MPa) Yield Strength (psi).............86,500 (596 MPa)
Yield Strength (psi).............66,000 (455 MPa) Elongation % in 2”..............24.5%
Elongation % in 2”..............28%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 93 ft.lb. (126J)
Avg. at -0°F (-18°C) 83 ft.lb. (113J) Avg. at -40°F (-40°C) 85 ft.lb. (115J)
Avg. at -40°F (-40°C) 30 ft.lb. (41J) Avg. at -60°F (-51°C) 63 ft.lb. (85J)
Electrical Recommended welding procedures:
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout Electrical
.045” (1.2 mm) 195-230 23-26 1/2”-1” Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
.052” (1.4 mm) 210-260 23-28 1/2”-1” .045” (1.2 mm) 175-340 21-32 1/2”-1”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 220-320 24-29 1/2”-1”
Shielding gas: 100% CO2
Shielding gas: 75% Ar/25% CO2
• AWS A5.20, E71T-1C, E71T-12CJ H4 Approvals and conformances:
• ASME SFA 5.20, E71T-1 • AWS A5.29, E81T1-Ni1MJ H8
• .045”-.052” AWS E71T-1C, E71T-12CJ H4 1/16” • ASME SFA 5.29, E81T1-Ni1 MJ H8
AWS E71T-1C H8, AWS E71T-12CJ H8 • ABS 75% Ar/25% CO2 3SA, 3YSA H10
• ABS 3SA, 3YSA
• MIL-E-24403/1
115
Tubular Wires
FabCO® 81K2-C FabCO® 91K2-C
AWS 81T1-K2CJ H8 AWS 91T1-K2CJ
FabCO 81K2-C is an all-position low alloy FabCO 91K2-C offers an exceptional combination
flux cored wire. This high performance 100% of properties for an all-position wire, with good
CO2 electrode is characterized by a flat bead low temperature toughness combined with
profile, smooth stable arc and low spatter even tensile strength in the 90,000-110,000 psi range.
when welded out of position. The exceptional FabCO 91K2-C is characterized by a smooth
mechanical properties and low diffusible hydrogen stable arc, low smoke and low spatter levels.
makes this product well suited for the shipbuilding The quick-freezing slag is easily removed and
and offshore oil construction market. bead geometry in all positions is excellent. It is
recommended for single-and multiplepass welding
Typical applications: in all positions with 100% CO2.
• Offshore
• Shipyard Typical applications:
• Offshore
Typical diffusible hydrogen: 3.9ml/100g • Shipyard
• Railcar
100% CO2 Typical diffusible hydrogen: 3.8ml/100g
Carbon...........................................0.07
Silicon............................................0.27 100% CO2
Nickel.............................................1.67 Silicon............................................0.19
Phosphorus...................................0.009
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Sulphur..........................................0.014
100% CO2 Molybdenum..................................0.01
Tensile Strength (psi).........82,900 (572 MPa) Nickel.............................................1.92
Elongation % in 2”..............26.5% Typical mechanical properties (AW):
100% CO2
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Tensile Strength (psi).........97,000 (670 MPa)
Avg. at -40°F (-40°C) 91 ft.lb. (123J) Yield Strength (psi).............89,500 (618 MPa)
Elongation % in 2”..............22%
Electrical Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout Avg. at -0°F (-18°C) 85 ft.lb. (115J)
.045” (1.2 mm) 150-300 23-30 1/2”-3/4” Avg. at -76°F (-60°C) 81 ft.lb. (110J)
1/16” (1.6 mm) 175-400 23-31 1/2”-3/4”
Shielding gas: 100% CO2 Electrical
Type of current: DCEP .045” (1.2 mm) 150-300 23-30 1/2”-3/4”
.052” (1.4 mm) 175-375 23-30 1/2”-3/4”
Approvals and conformances: 1/16” (1.6 mm) 175-400 23-31 3/4”-1”
• AWS A5.29, E81T1-K2CJ H8
• ASME SFA 5.29, E81T1-K2CJ Shielding gas: 100% CO2
• ABS 100%CO2 3SA, 3YSA

• AWS A5.29, E91T1-K2CJ
• ASME SFA 5.29, E91T1-K2CJ
116
Tubular Wires
FabCO® 115 Fabshield® 4
AWS E110T5-K4C AWS E70T-4
FabCO 115 is a high strength, flux-cored wire Drafts or moderate wind will not affect your
that’s comparable to a low alloy E11018M weld when you’re using this outstanding high
electrode but, with higher deposition rates. It is deposition, self-shielded flux-cored wire. It’s
used primarily for welding A514, A517, HY100 designed specifically to desulfurize the weld metal
and similar quenched and tempered high-strength, and to resist cracking. You’ll use it in both single
low alloy steels, producing a low hydrogen deposit and multi-pass applications on mild and medium
with basic slag that helps to minimize cracking. carbon steels.
FabCO 115 has high impact values at low
temperatures and provides you with a modified Typical applications:
globular metal transfer. For use with 100% CO2 • Heavy equipment repair
shielding gas only. • Industrial equipment repair
• Machinery fabrication
Typical applications: • Ship equipment
• Mining equipment
• Earthmoving equipment Typical weld metal properties
• Off-the-road vehicles (Chem Pad):
Carbon...........................................0.27
100% CO2 Silicon............................................0.30
Silicon............................................0.41 Aluminum.......................................1.42
Phosphorus...................................0.012
Sulphur..........................................0.014 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Chromium......................................0.42 Tensile Strength (psi).........94,600 (652 MPa)
Nickel.............................................2.37 Yield Strength (psi).............62,600 (432 MPa)
Molybdenum..................................0.42 Elongation % in 2”..............24%
Typical mechanical properties Typical Charpy V-notch impact values:

(Aged 48 hours @ 220°F): Not applicable
100% CO2
Tensile Strength (psi).........113,700 (784 MPa) Recommended welding procedures:
Yield Strength (psi).............92,700 (639 MPa) Electrical
Elongation % in 2”..............22% Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
5/64” (2.0 mm) 290-370 29-31 1-3/4”-2-1/4”
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): 3/32” (2.4 mm) 320-450 29-34 2-1/4”-2-3/4”
Avg. at -60°F (-51°C) 37 ft.lb. (50J) .120” (3.2 mm) 450-560 28-35 2-1/2”-3”
Recommended welding procedures: Shielding gas: None required

Electrical
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout Type of current: DCEP
.045” (1.2 mm) 120-220 22-27 1/2”-1”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 190-350 22-30 1/2”-1” Approvals and conformances:
3/32” (2.4 mm) 290-525 25-32 3/4”-1-1/4” • AWS A5.20, E70T-4
• ASME SFA 5.20, E70T-4
Shielding gas: 100% CO2

• AWS A5.29, E110T5-K4C
• ASME SFA 5.29, E110T5-K4C
• ABS 100% CO2 E110T5-K4
• CWB 100% CO2 E110T5-K4 H4, 80% CO2
Ar/20% CO2 E110T5-K4M H4
117
Tubular Wires
Fabshield® 7027 Fabshield® 81N1
AWS E70T-7 AWS E71T8-Ni1 J
When the properties of the physical weld deposit Fabshield 81N1 is great for a variety of structural
must match the structural weldment application, and general fabrication applications. This
you’ll like the properties of Fabshield 7027. It’s all-position wire is designed for single- or multiple-
designed to give you peak performance at higher pass applications requiring high impact toughness
amperage and voltage settings while maintaining at low temperatures. Excellent for vertical down
excellent arc stability and high deposition welding on pipe.
efficiency. You’ll see fast travel speeds with a
barium-free slag system that’s fast-freezing. It’s Typical applications:
great for single- and multi-pass welds in flat and • Storage piping
horizontal positions for many of your general • Transportation
fabrication needs. • Offshore structures
• Construction
Typical applications: • General fabrication
• Barges
• General flat weld fabrication Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
• Structural steel fabrication Carbon...........................................0.06
Manganese....................................0.76
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Silicon............................................0.08
Carbon..............................................0.33 Phosphorus...................................0.01
Silicon............................................0.05 Nickel.............................................0.92
Phosphorus...................................0.014 Aluminum.......................................0.78
Sulphur..........................................0.005
Aluminum.......................................1.3 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Yield Strength (psi).............64,000 (441 MPa)
Tensile Strength (psi).........92,200 (636 MPa) Elongation % in 2”..............29%
Elongation % in 2”..............23% Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Avg. at -40°F (-40°C) 180 ft.lb. (244J)
Not applicable Recommended welding procedures:
Electrical
Recommended welding procedures: Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
Electrical 5/64” (2.0 mm) 200-350 18-22 1”
5/64” (2.0 mm) 240-460 23-30 1”-2” Shielding gas: None required
3/32” (2.4 mm) 240-560 27-32 1”-2”
7/64” (2.8 mm) 320-600 24-32 1”-2” Type of current: DCEN
Shielding gas: None required Approvals and conformances:

• AWS A5.29, E71T8-Ni1 J
Type of current: DCEN • ASME SFA 5.29, Class 71T8-Ni1 J
• ABS E71T 8-Ni1J
Approvals and conformances: • EN758: T38 41Ni YN2 H10
• AWS A5.20, E70T-7
• ASME SFA 5.20, E70T-7
• ABS E70T-7
118
Tubular Wires
Fabshield® XLR-8 Fabshield® 81N2
AWS E71T-8JD H8 AWS E81T8-Ni2 J
The Fabshield XLR-8 produces flat weld beads Fabshield 81N2 is an all position wire designed
across a broad range of parameters and produces for single- or multiple-pass applications requiring
welds with excellent mechanical properties under high impact toughness at low temperatures and is
a wide range of heat inputs. The Fabshield XLR-8 excellent for vertical-down welding on pipe.
is capable of depositing X-Ray quality welds in all
positions. Typical applications:
• Storage piping
Typical applications: • Transportation
• Structural steel erection • Offshore structures
• Heavy equipment repair • Construction
• Ship & barge construction • General fabrication
Carbon...........................................0.19 Carbon...........................................0.04
Manganese....................................0.51 Manganese....................................0.73
Silicon............................................0.17 Silicon............................................0.012
Phosphorus...................................0.009 Phosphorus...................................0.004
Sulphur..........................................0.006 Sulphur..........................................0.08
Aluminum.......................................0.51 Nickel.............................................2.18
Aluminum.......................................0.76
Typical Mechanical Properties
(Aged 48 hr @ 200° F) Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Tensile Strength (psi).........84,100 (580 MPa) Tensile Strength (psi...........84,700 (584 MPa)
Yield Strength (psi.............. 67,600 (466 MPa) Yield Strength (psi).............71,600 (494 MPa)
Elongation % in 2”..............25% Elongation % in 2”..............27%
Typical Charpy V-Notch Impact Value (AW): Typical Charpy V-notch impact values:
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C) 40 ft.lb. (54J) Avg. at -40°F (-40°C) 180 ft.lbs. (244J)
Avg. at -40°F (-40°C) 31 ft.lb. (42J)
Recommended welding procedures: Electrical
Electrical Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout 5/64” (2.0 mm) 200-350 18-22 1”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 140-300 19-25 1”
.072” (1.8 mm) 150-350 18-25 1” Shielding gas: None required
5/64” (2.0 mm) 150-350 18-25 1 1/4”
Type of current: DCEN
Shielding gas: None required
Type of current: DCEN • AWS A5.29, E81T8-Ni2 J
• ASME SFA 5.29
Approvals and conformances • ABS 81T8-Ni2 J
• AWS E71T-8JD H8
• ASME SFA 5.20 E71T-8JD H8
• ABS 3YSA
• CWB E491T-8J H8
119
Tubular Wires
Fabshield® 21B Fabshield® 23
AWS E71T-11 AWS E71T-GS
You’ll find this self-shielded flux-cored wire is easy We’re talking versatile: Fabshield 23 is an
to use for almost any general purpose application E71T-GS self-shielded flux-cored wire for
and in any position — flat, horizontal, vertical up general-purpose use and welding in all positions.
and down, and overhead. It’s great in single- or It’s especially suited for single-pass fillet and lap
multi-pass welds up to 3/4” thick, and particularly welds on thin gauge mild or galvanized steel.
well-suited for fillet and lap welds on thin-gauge
mild or galvanized steel. Fabshield 21B meets Typical applications:
AWS side-bend requirements. • Excavation equipment
• General fabrication
Typical applications: • Prefab building fabrications tanks
• General fabrication • Railroad car repair
• Light structurals
• Machinery part fabrication Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
• Prefab construction Carbon...........................................0.18
• Railroad car repair Manganese....................................0.65
• Short-assembly welds Silicon............................................0.40
• Tanks Phosphorus...................................0.01
Sulphur..........................................0.01
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Aluminum.......................................1.30
Carbon...........................................0.31
Manganese....................................0.36 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Phosphorus...................................0.014
Sulphur..........................................0.001 Typical Charpy V-notch impact values:
Aluminum.......................................0.96 Not applicable
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Recommended welding procedures:

Tensile Strength (psi).........91,600 (632 MPa) Electrical
Yield Strength (psi).............64,900 (448 MPa) Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
Elongation % in 2”..............22% .030” (0.8 mm) 35-140 12-18 1/4”-1/2”
.035” (0.9 mm) 50-150 13-19 1/4”-5/8”
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values: .045” (1.2 mm) 80-220 13-20 1/4”-5/8”
Not applicable 1/16” (1.6 mm) 110-270 15-22 3/4”-1”
3/32” (2.4 mm) 125-300 15-22 3/4”-1”
Electrical Shielding gas: None required
.035” (0.9 mm) 55-120 17-20 1/4”-5/8” Type of current: DCEN
.045” (1.2 mm) 80-220 13-20 1/4”-5/8”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 110-270 14-20 1/2”-3/4” Approvals and conformances:
.068” (1.8 mm) 150- 270 18-21 1/2”-3/4” • AWS A5.20, E71T-GS
5/64” (2.0 mm) 125-300 15-22 3/4”-1” • ASME SFA 5.20, E71T-GS
3/32” (2.4 mm) 200-300 18-21 3/4”-1” • ABS E71T-GS
• CWB E491T-GS
Shielding gas: None required
Type of current: DCEN

• AWS A5.20, E71T-11
• ASME SFA 5.20, E71T-11
• ABS E71T-11
• CWB E491T-11 H8
120
Tubular Wires
Triple 7 TM-811N1
AWS E71T-1C HB AWS E81T1-Ni1CJ H8
Triple 7 is designed for the semi-automatic gas TM-811N1 is comparable to E8018-C3 covered
shielded welding of carbon steel and some higher electrodes in deposit composition and properties.
strength steels where requirements and conditions In many applications, TM-811N1 is more
do not exceed its capabilities. It is intended for economical to use than stick electrodes. TM
single- and multiple-pass welding in all positions 811N1 offers good welder appeal, with excellent
and has a fast-freezing slag that permits the arc stability, low spatter, fastfreezing slag to
welder to use higher current to deposit more metal facilitate all-position welding, and very easy
faster and still produce a flat bead in all positions. slag removal. It is recommended for single-and
The slag removes easily even from deep groove multiple-pass welding in all positions using
weldments and spatter is low, so a welder spends either CO2 or a 75% Ar/25% CO2 gas mixture for
more time welding and less time cleaning up. shielding.
The X-ray quality surpasses the radiographic
specifications of AWS A5.20 and ASME SFA 5.20 Typical applications:
when welded with the recommended procedures. • Petrochemical applications where deposit nickel
must be kept low for weathering-steel fabrication
Typical applications: where color match is not required.
• Shipbuilding • It is used for mining and earth moving
• Railcar fabrication equipment and other fabrication where good low
• General plate fabrication temperature impact values are needed.
• Heavy gauge sheet metal
• Pressure vessels and certain pipe weldments. Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
75% Ar/25% CO2
Typical diffusible hydrogen: CO2 4.6 mls/100g Carbon...........................................0.06
Manganese....................................1.40
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Silicon............................................0.36
Silicon............................................0.56 Nickel.............................................0.096
Phosphorus...................................0.013
Sulphur..........................................0.009 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
75% Ar/25% CO2
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Tensile Strength (psi).........93,000 (641MPa)
Tensile Strength (psi).........90,000 (617MPa) Yield Strength (psi).............85,000 (586MPa)
Yield Strength (psi).............79,000 (547MPa) Elongation...........................24.5%
Elongation % in 2”..............27%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values: -40°F (-40°C) 102 ft. lbs. (138J)
0°F (-18°C) 76 ft. lbs. (103J)
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout .045” 125-320 24-33 5/8+1/8”
.045” 100-325 23-34 1/2-3/4” .052” 125-375 24-34 3/4”+1/8”
.052” 125-350 22-33 1/2-3/4”
1/16” 150-450 23-35 1/2-3/4” Type of current: DCEP
Type of current: DCEP Approvals and conformances:

• AWS A5.29, E81T1-Ni1CJ H8
Approvals and conformances: • ASME SFA 5.29, E81T1 Ni1MJ H8
• AWS A5.20, E71T-1C H8 • ABS Grade 3SA, 3YSA
• ASME SFA 5.20, E71T-1M H8 • CWB 100% CO2 E81T1-Ni1 H8, 90% Ar/10%
• ABS Grade 2SA, 2YSA CO2 E81T-Ni1M H8
• CWB E491T-1 H8, E491T-1M H8
• DNV II YMS
121
Tubular Wires
TM-991K2 TM-911B3
AWS E91T1-K2C H8 AWS E91T1-B3C H4
TM-991K2 offers exceptional combination of TM-911B3 provides 2-1/4% chromium/1%

properties for an all-position wire, with good low molybdenum steel weld metal in combination with
temperature toughness combined with tensile excellent welder appeal. Bead geometry is good
strength in the 90,000-110,000 psi range. TM in all positions. TM-911B3 is recommended for
991K2 is characterized by welder appeal, with a the welding of 2-1/4% chromium/1% molybdenum
smooth stable arc, low smoke and spatter levels. steels, specifically ASTM A387, Grade 21 and
The quick-freezing slag is easily removed and 22.TM-911B3 also provides some corrosion
bead geometry in all positions is excellent. resistance. The wire is recommended for single
and multiple-pass welding in all positions using
Typical applications: 100% CO2 or 80% Ar /20% CO2 shielding gas.
• All-position work with many high strength low
alloy steels such as A514, A710, and HY-80. Typical applications:
• It is recommended for single-and multiple-pass • All position work requiring creep resistance at
welding in all positions with 100% CO2 or 75% elevated temperatures such as pressure piping.
Ar/25% CO2 shielding gas.
Typical diffusible hydrogen: CO2 3ml/100g
Typical diffusible hydrogen: 3.8 mls/100g
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): 100% CO2
100% CO2 Carbon...........................................0.05
Silicon............................................0.19 Phosphorus...................................0.011
Phosphorus...................................0.009 Sulphur..........................................0.013
Sulphur..........................................0.014 Molybdenum..................................0.93
Molybdenum..................................0.01 Chromium......................................2.04
Nickel.............................................1.92
Typical mechanical properties (AW): 100% CO2
100% CO2 Tensile Strength (psi).........100,000 (693MPa)
Tensile Strength (psi).........92,000 (635MPa) Yield Strength (psi).............86,000 (592MPa)
Yield Strength (psi).............80,000 (552MPa) Elongation...........................20%
Elongation...........................27%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Not required.
0°F (-18°C) 85 ft. lbs. (115J)
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout .045” 115-325 20-30 1/2” - 3/4”
.045” 150-300 23-30 1/2” .052” 125-375 21-32 1/2” - 3/4”
.052” 175-375 23-32 1/2”
Approvals and conformances: • AWS A5.29, E91T1-B3C H4
• AWS A5.29, E91T1-K2C H8 • ASME SFA 5.29, E91T1-B3M H4
• ASME SFA 5.29, E91T1-K2M H8
• ABS to AWS E91T1-K2; E91T1-K2M
122
Tubular Wires
TM-101
AWS E101T1-GM
TM-101 is an all position gas-shielded flux-cored

wire designed for welding of high strength steels
such as A514, A710, and similar HSLA and Q&T
steels. TM-101 offers exceptional low temperature
impact toughness with tensile strength in the
105,000-115,000 psi range. TM-101 provides
excellent welder appeal by offering a smooth
stable arc, low spatter, low smoke generation, and
smooth bead profile. The quick freezing slag is
ideal for high deposition welding while maintaining
a flat bead profile.
It is recommended for single and multiple-pass
welding in all positions with 75% Ar/25% CO2
shielding gas.
Typical diffusible hydrogen: 3.8mls/100g

75% Ar/25% CO2
Carbon...........................................0.06
Manganese....................................1.60
Silicon............................................0.38
Phosphorus...................................0.011
Sulphur..........................................0.011
Molybdenum..................................0.01
Nickel.............................................1.95

75% Ar/25% CO2
Tensile Strength (psi).........110,000 (758MPa)
Yield Strength (psi).............102,000 (703MPa)
Elongation...........................20%

0°F (-18°C) 78 ft. lbs. (106J)

Electrical
.045” 150-300 22-28 3/4”
1/16” 175-400 22-32 3/4”-1”

• AWS A5.29, E101T1-GM
• ASME SFA 5.29, E101T1-GM
123
Hard Surfacing Wires
Hobart FabTuf® 960 VertiWear® 600
With CO2 shielding, FabTuf 960 is the right filler VertiWear® 600 deposits a multipurpose
metal when you need a high quality, uniform martensitic steel alloy. It can be used to surface
deposit that’s porosity-free. It’s ideal for CO2 mild and low alloy components subject to
welding in hard surfacing applications where moderate abrasive wear and medium to high
moderate impact strength and moderate abrasion impact. Excellent operator appeal in all position.
resistance is required. It is also an excellent
choice for metal-to-metal wear resistance Typical Applications
applications. During welding, the tubular steel • Coupling boxes
sheath and metal powders of the core fuse • Dragline chain
together to form alloy steel weld metal with almost • Dredge ladder rolls
no slag. You’ll get a deposition efficiency equal • Tiln trunnions
to that of solid welding wires. FabTuf 960 can be • Mill guides
used for out-of-position welding. • Sliding metal parts
• Wobbler ends
• Coal conveyors Diameter: .045”, 1/16”
• Conveyor bucket lips
• Dredge parts Polarity: DCEP
• Extruder worms
Gas-Shielded
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): 75 Ar/25% CO2
Carbon...........................................0.70 or 100% CO2
Manganese....................................2.00
Chromium......................................8.00 Typical Deposit Analysis %
Silicon............................................1.00 Carbon...........................................0.40
Manganese....................................0.75
Machinability: Possible by grinding Silicon............................................0.60
Chromium..................................... 6.50
Flame cut: No Molybdenum..................................1.00
Vanadium......................................0.05
Hardness: 55-60 RC Iron.............................................Bal.
Wear index: 35 Typical Properties

Abrasion Resistance: Good
Type of current: DCEP Impact Resistance: Very Good
Machinability: Good
Available diameter and recommended
operating ranges: Hardness, as deposited, Rc
Dia. Amps Volts No. of Layers 1020 Steel
.045” (1.2 mm) 120-210 20-28 1 52
1/16” (1.6 mm) 170-310 20-28 2 56
3-8 57
Flame cutting is difficult.

Magnetic.
124
Hard Surfacing Wires
Tube-Alloy® 255-G VertiWear® AP
Tube-Alloy 255-G is a small-diameter,
®
VertiWear® AP is a premium, work-hardening
gas shielded premium hard surfacing wire austenitic manganese steel alloy. This flux cored,
that deposits an extremely wear-resistant all-position wire can be used for buildup or overlay
chromium-carbide overlay. It is designed on austenitic manganese steel. It can also be
for overlay on carbon, low alloy, cast iron, used for joining austenitic manganese steel to
and austenitic manganese base metals. It manganese steel, carbon steel and low alloy steel.
outlasts competitive wires which deposit The deposit has an excellent impact resistance.
martensitic deposits 9 to 1.
Diameter: .045”
Diameter: .045”
Polarity: DCEP Polarity: DCEP
Gas-shielded: Gas-shielded: 75% Ar/25% CO2 or 100% CO2
98% Ar /2% O2, 75 Ar/25 CO2
Typical Deposit Analysis % Typical Deposit Analysis %
Carbon...........................................5.30 Carbon...........................................0.45
Manganese....................................1.00 Manganese..................................14.00
Silicon............................................0.40 Silicon............................................0.50
Chromium....................................18.00 Chromium....................................13.50
Iron.............................................Bal. Nickel.............................................0.50
Iron.............................................Bal.
Typical Properties
Abrasion resistance: .Excellent Typical Properties
Impact resistance: Poor Abrasion resistance: Good
Machinability: Grinding is difficult Impact resistance: Excellent
Thickness: 3 Layers Machinability: Fair
Maximum Hardness, as deposited, Rc
No. of 1020 Manganese Hardness:
Layers Steel Steel Work Hardened . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-55 Rc
1 58 47 No. of Layers 1020 Steel
2 61 51 1 24 Rc
3 65 54 2 20 Rc
Cannot be flame cut. 3-8 18 RC
Deposit will relief-check crack readily.
Maintains hot hardness to 1250°F. Cannot be flame cut.
Typical Applications: • Fan blades Typical Applications
• Ammonia knoves • Grizzly bars and • Bucket teeth and lips
• Augers fingers • Crusher jaws and cones
• Bucket teeth & lips • Gyratory crusher • Dragline buckets
• Bulldozer end bits and mantles and • Dredge cutter heads and teeth
blades cones • Grizzly bars and fingers
• Cement chutes • Manganese • Gyratory crusher mantles and cones
• Coal feeder screws pump shells • Hammer mill hammers
• Coal pulverizer • Muller tires • Hydroelectric turbines
hammers, rolls and • Ore and coal • Impactor crusher bars
table chutes • Muller tires
• Coke chutes • Pipeline ball • Pulverizer hammers
• Coke pusher shoes joints • Sizing screens
• Conveyer screws • Pug mill paddles
• Crusher jaws and • Ripper shanks
cones • Road rippers
• Cultivator chisels and • Scraper blades
sweeps • Screw
• Dragline buckets conveyors
• Dredge cutter heads • Sheepsfoot
and teeth tampers
• Dredge pump inlet • Sizing screens
nozzle & side plates • Subsoiler Teeth
125
Build-Up & Overlay Wires
Tube-Alloy® 258-O Tube-Alloy® 240-O
Tube-Alloy 258-O deposit is a premium
®
Tube-Alloy® 240-O deposit is a chromium carbide
martensitic alloy steel of the hard, tough H-12 surfacing alloy. It can be used on components
tool steel composition. It has excellent resistance subject to severe abrasive wear and heavy
to adhesive (metal-to-metal) wear. It is designed impact. The weld metal has higher toughness
to surface mild and low alloy steel components than conventional chromium carbide due to fewer
subject to moderate abrasive wear and/or high stress relief-check cracks.
temperature (up to 1000°F). Proper preheat is
required for crackfree deposits. Diameter: .045”, 1/16”, 7/64”
Diameter: .045”, 1/16”, 7/64” Polarity: DCEP
Polarity: DCEP Typical Deposit Analysis %

Carbon...........................................3.20
Typical Deposit Analysis % Manganese....................................0.80
Carbon...........................................0.45 Silicon............................................1.90
Manganese....................................1.40 Chromium....................................15.50
Silicon............................................0.80 Iron.............................................Bal.
Chromium......................................6.00
Molybdenum..................................1.50 Typical Properties
Tungsten........................................1.50 Abrasion resistance: Very good
Iron.............................................Bal. Impact resistance: Fair
Machinability: Grinding only
Typical Properties Thickness: 3-5 layers maximum
Abrasion resistance: Good
Impact resistance: Good Hardness, as deposited, Rc
Machinability: Grind only No. of 1020 12-14%
Layers Steel* Manganese
Hardness, as deposited, Rc 1 40 35
No. of 1020 4130 2 48 42
Layers Steel* Steel 3 52 50
1 49 51
2 53 54 Can be flame cut
3 57 57
Deposit will relief-check crack
Magnetic. Typical Applications
Heat Treatable and Forgeable. • Ammonia knives
Maintains Hot Hardness to 1000°F. • Augers
• Bucket teeth & lips
Typical Applications • Bulldozer end bits & blades
• Coupling boxes • Conveyer screws
• Dragline chain • Crusher jaws & cones
• Kiln trunnions • Crusher rolls
• Mill guides • Cultivator chisels & sweeps
• Spindles • Dragline buckets
• Wobbler ends • Dredge pump impellers & side plates
• Hammer mill hammers
• Impactor crusher bars
• Manganese pump shells
• Mill guides
• Muller tires
• Pulverizer hammers
• Scraper blades
• Screw conveyors
• Sheepsfoot tampers
• Sizing screens
126
Tube-Alloy® 255-O Tube-Alloy® 242-O
Tube-Alloy 255-O deposit is a premium high
®
Tube-Alloy® 242-O is a self-shielded, flux cored
chromium carbide surfacing alloy. It can be used wire that deposits a premium martensitic alloy
on components subject to extremely severe steel. It has excellent resistance to adhesive
abrasive wear and moderate impact. It can also be (metal-to-metal) wear. The deposit has good
used where high temperature (up to 1250°F) wear resistance to abrasion and impact makes it a
resistance is required. The weld metals will stress versatile overlay alloy. It is designed for use as
relief-check crack. Can be run as submerged arc an overlay on carbon and low alloy steels or as
by using MK-N neutral flux. a base of Tube-Alloy Build Up-O. With proper
preheating, crackfree deposits can be obtained.
Diameter: 1/16”, 7/64” Tube-Alloy 242-O should never be used for
joining.
Polarity: DCEP
Diameter: .045”, 1/16”, 7/64”
Typical Deposit Analysis %
Carbon...........................................4.50 Polarity: DCEP
Manganese....................................0.90
Silicon............................................0.50 Typical Deposit Analysis %
Chromium....................................26.50 Carbon...........................................0.25
Iron.............................................Bal. Manganese....................................1.30
Silicon............................................0.70
Typical Properties Chromium......................................4.00
Abrasion resistance: Excellent Molybdenum..................................0.50
Impact resistance: Poor Iron.............................................Bal.
Machinability: Grinding only
Thickness : 3 Layers Maximum Typical Properties
Abrasion resistance: Good
Hardness, as deposited, Rc Impact resistance: Good
No. of 1020 12-14% Machinable
Layers Steel* Manganese
1 54 48 Hardness, as deposited, Rc
2 56 50 No. of Layers 1020 Steel
3 58 53 1 36
2 39
Cannot be flame cut. 3 42
Deposit will relief-check crack readily.
Maintains Hot Hardness to 1250°F. Can be flame cut.
Magnetic.
Typical Applications
• Ammonia knives • Manganese pump Typical Applications
• Augers shells • Carbon steel rolls
• Bucket teeth & lips • Muller tires • Crane wheels
• Bulldozer blades • Ore & coal chutes • Dragline chain
• Bulldozer end bits & • Pipeline ball joints • Frogs & switch points
blades • Pug mill paddles • Idlers
• Cement chutes • Ripper shanks • Low alloy steel railroad crossovers and rail ends
• Coal feeder screws • Road rippers • Steel shafts
• Coal pulverizer • Scraper blades • Tractor rollers
hammers, rolls & table • Screw conveyors
• Coke chutes • Sheepsfoot tampers
• Coke pusher shoes • Similar to those
• Conveyor screws forTube-Alloy® 240-O
• Dredge pump inlet where additional
nozzle & side plates abrasion resistance
• Fan blades is required
• Grizzly bars & fingers • Sizing screens
• Gyratory crusher • Subsoiler teeth
mantles & cones
127
ArmorWearTM Tube-Alloy® 219-O
ArmorWear is a self-shielded, flux-cored wire that Tube-Alloy® 219-O is a work hardening austenitic
deposits a premium martensitic alloy steel of H-12 manganese steel alloy. The high carbon and
tool steel composition. It has excellent resistance manganese content allows for a fully austenitic
to adhesive (metal-tometal) wear. It also has first layer on carbon steel. Deposits are extremely
good resistance to abrasion and impact, and tough and work harden rapidly under high impact.
maintains its hardness up to 1000°F. It is designed It can be used for most railroad track maintenance
for use as an overlay on carbon and low alloy applications.
steels. Because of its high hardenability, proper
preheat may be required for crack-free deposits, Diameter: 1/16”, 7/64”
particularly on low alloy steels. ArmorWear is
formulated to optimize performance with the small Polarity: DCEP
110/220V type wire welding machines.
Diameter: .035”, .045” Carbon...........................................1.00
Manganese..................................20.00
Polarity: DCEN Silicon............................................0.60
Chromium......................................4.50
Typical Deposit Analysis % Iron.............................................Bal.
Carbon...........................................0.40
Manganese....................................1.00 Typical Properties
Silicon............................................0.40 Abrasion Resistance ...........................Fair
Chromium......................................5.80 Impact Resistance ......................Excellent
Molybdenum..................................1.50 Tensile Strength .....................137,000 psi
Tungsten........................................1.40 Yield Strength .........................91,000 psi
Iron.............................................Bal. Elongation in 2” ...............................34%
Machinability .............................Difficult
Typical Properties
Abrasion Resistance .........................Good Hardness:
Impact Resistance ...........................Good As Deposited: 6-23 Rc
Machinability...........................Grind only Work Hardened: 50-55 Rc
Hardness, as deposited, Rc Flame cutting is difficult.

No. of 1020
Layers Steel* Typical Applications
1 47 • Manganese steel railroad crossovers & frogs
2 49 • Similar to 218-O, except that it is slightly harder
3 53 in the “as deposited” condition, and work hardens
quicker.
Magnetic.
Heat Treatable and Forgeable.
Maintains Hot Hardness to 1000°F.
• Bucket lips and teeth
• Cultivator chisels and sweeps
• Plow shares, scraper blades
• Shanks, knives, teeth
• Kiln trunnions
• Spindles
• Pump components
128
Tube-Alloy® 218 TiC-O Tube-Alloy® 244-O
Tube-Alloy 218 TiC-O deposits a work
®
Tube-Alloy® 244-O deposit is a medium alloy
hardenable austenitic manganese steel alloy carbide steel. It is designed primarily for the
containing titanium carbides. It offers the unique automatic rebuilding of dredge pump shells.
properties of high impact and high abrasion Deposits do stress relief-check crack.
resistance. It can be used as a combination build-
up and surfacing alloy. Diameter: 7/64”
Diameter: 7/64” Polarity: DCEP
Polarity: DCEP Typical Deposit Analysis %

Carbon...........................................2.50
Typical Deposit Analysis % Manganese....................................1.60
Carbon...........................................2.00 Silicon............................................2.00
Manganese..................................13.00 Chromium......................................9.00
Silicon............................................0.60 Copper...........................................0.50
Chromium......................................3.20 Iron.............................................Bal.
Titanium.........................................3.50
Iron.............................................Bal. Typical Properties
Abrasion resistance: Very good
Typical Properties Impact resistance: Fair
Abrasion resistance: Good Machinability: Very Difficult
Impact resistance: Very good Thickness: 3-5 Layers Maximum
Machinability: Poor
Hardness, as deposited, Rc
Hardness, as deposited, Rc No. of 1020 12-14%
No. of 1020 12-14% Layers Steel Mn Steel
Layers Steel* Mn Steel 1 34 24
1 25 30 2 37 33
2 29 30 3 40 38
3 31 30
Work hardens to 50-55 Rc. Slightly Magnetic.
Can be flame cut. Deposit will relief-check crack.
Nonmagnetic.
Typical Applications • Dredge Pump Impellers & Side Plates
• Gyratory Crusher Mantles & Cones • Pipeline Ball Joints
• Hammer Mill Hammers • Pump Shells
• Impactor Crusher Bars
129
Tube-Alloy® A43-O Tube-Alloy® Build Up-O
Tube-Alloy A43-O deposit is a premium high
®
Tube-Alloy® Build Up-O deposit is a low alloy
chromium-columbium carbide surfacing alloy. It steel. It is designed for build-up on mild and low
can be used on components subject to extremely alloy steels only. The weld metals have good
severe high and low stress abrasive wear and compressive strength and impact resistance,
moderate impact. It can also be used where high making it an excellent base for more abrasion-
temperature (up to 1250°F) wear resistance is resistant alloys. The deposit has excellent
required. The deposit will stress relief-check crack resistance to cracking, even in multiple layers, and
readily. Can be run as submerged arc by using is within the machinable range.
MK-N neutral flux.
Diameter: .045”, 1/16”, 7/64”
Diameter: 1/16”, 7/64”
Polarity: DCEP
Polarity: DCEP
Typical Deposit Analysis % Carbon...........................................0.12
Si licon...........................................1.00 Chromium......................................1.20
Chromium....................................22.00 Iron.............................................Bal.
Columbium....................................6.50
Iron.............................................Bal. Typical Properties
Abrasion resistance: Fair
Typical Properties Impact resistance: Very good
Abrasion resistance: Excellent Machinability: Excellent
Impact resistance: Poor
Machinability: Grinding only Hardness, as deposited, Rc
Thickness: 3 layers maximum No. of 1020 4130
Layers Steel Steel
Hardness, as deposited, Rc 1 30 36
No. of 1020 12-14% 2 28 30
Layers Steel Mn Steel 3 25 26
1 58 48
2-3 62 56 Can be flame cut.
Magnetic.
Cannot be flame cut. Heat Treatable.
Typical Applications Typical Applications

• Augers • Bucket teeth & lips
• Bucket lips & teeth • Crane wheels
• Coal feeder screws • Dragline buckets
• Coal pulverizer rolls & table • Dragline chain
• Coke chutes • Dredge ladder rolls
• Coke pusher shoes • Gear teeth
• Conveyor screws • Kiln trunnion
• Dredge cutter heads & teeth • Mine car wheels
• Dredge pump inlet nozzle & side plates • Spindles
• Fan blades • Steel shafts
• Grizzly bars & fingers • Wobbler ends
• Muller tires
• Paving agitator screws
• Pug mill paddles
• Scraper blades
• Sheepsfoot tampers
• Sizing screws
130
Tube-Alloy® 218-O Tube-Alloy® AP-O
Tube-Alloy 218-O is a work hardening austenitic
®
Tube-Alloy® AP-O deposit is a premium work
manganese steel alloy. It can be used for build-up hardening austenitic manganese steel alloy. It
or overlay on austenitic manganese steel only. It can be used for build-up or overlay on austenitic
can also be used for joining austenitic manganese manganese steel, carbon steel and low alloy
steel to manganese steel. Deposits are extremely steel. It can also be used for joining austenitic
tough and work harden rapidly under high impact. manganese steel to manganese steel, carbon
steel and low alloy steel. The weld metal has
Diameter: .045”, 1/16”, 7/64” higher toughness than conventional manganese
steel weld metal.
Polarity: DCEP
Diameter: 1/16”, 7/64”
Carbon...........................................1.00 Polarity: DCEP
Mamganese.................................15.00
Silicon............................................0.40 Typical Deposit Analysis %
Chromium......................................3.10 Carbon...........................................0.42
Nickel.............................................0.40 Manganese..................................16.50
Iron.............................................Bal. Silicon............................................0.30
Chromium....................................13.00
Typical Properties Iron.............................................Bal.
Abrasion resistance: Fair
Impact resistance: Excellent Typical Properties
Tensile strength: 120,000 psi Abrasion resistance: Fair
Yield strength: 80,000 psi Impact resistance: Excellent
Elongation in 2”: 32% Tensile strength: 124,000 psi
Machinability: Difficult Yield strength: 83,000 psi
Elongation in 2”: 40%
Hardness: Machinability: Difficult
As Deposited: 15-22 Rc
Work Hardened: 50-55 Rc Hardness:
As Deposited: 18-24 Rc
Flame cutting difficult. Work Hardened: 50-55 Rc
Nonmagnetic.
Typical Applications Nonmagnetic.
• Bucket teeth
• Crusher jaws & cones Typical Applications
• Dredge pump casings • Bucket teeth & lips
• Gyratory crusher mantles & cones • Crusher jaws & cones
• Hammer mill hammers • Dragline buckets
• Impactor crusher bars • Dredge cutter heads & teeth
• Manganese steel railroad crossovers & frogs • Grizzly bars & fingers
• Gyratory crusher mantles & cones
• Hammer mill hammers
• Hydroelectric turbines
• Impactor crusher bars
• Muller tires
• Pulverizer hammers
• Similar to those for Tube-Alloy® 218-O, especially
where the base metal verification is questionable
or where contamination may be an issue
• Sizing screens
131
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy VantageTM D2 Metalloy 76
AWS E90C-D2 AWS E70C-6M H4 , EN758 T46 4 M M 2 H5
Metalloy Vantage D2 is a gas-shielded metal- Metalloy 76 is a gas shielded metal cored wire
cored wire that is equivalent to ER80S-D2 solid that has higher manganese and silicon levels
wire. Metalloy Vantage D2 offers improved welding than Metalloy 71 with slightly lower spatter and
performance through higher deposition rates and higher strength. The increased deoxidization
better wet-in than solid wire. In addition, weld toe level allows for more tolerance of mill scale, with
lines are almost completely free of silicon deposits fewer root pores than Metalloy 71. Metalloy 76
which will save time and money by eliminating is recommended for single-pass and multi-pass
troublesome cleanup and part preparation. Arc welding in flat and horizontal positions with
characteristics improve with richer argon gases 75-95% Ar/CO2. The wetting action is better than
while spatter and fume levels decrease. solid wire, minimizing cold lap on heavier sections
of steel.
• Metalloy Vantage D2 was developed for Product characteristics:
high-strength, low alloy steels found in heavy • Higher deoxidizer levels for improved
equipment and structural applications. performance on mill scaled plate
• Recommended for single-pass and multi-pass • Better wetting action than solid wire minimizes
welding with Ar/CO2 and Ar/O2 shielding gas. cold lap
• Superb operator appeal
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas • Good choice to use for short-circuit or pulse
chromatography): applications.
2.0ml/100g (98% AR/ 2% O2)
Typical diffusible hydrogen:
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): 2.10 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2)
98% Ar/2% O2
Manganese....................................1.47 75% AR/ 25% CO2
Silicon............................................0.48 Carbon...........................................0.05
Molybdenum..................................0.45 Manganese....................................1.58
Silicon............................................0.71
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Phosphorus...................................0.012
98% Ar/2% O2 Sulphur..........................................0.013
Tensile Strength (psi).........99,400
Yield Strength (psi).............91,600 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Elongation...........................21.8% 75% AR/ 25% CO2
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Yield Strength (psi).............78,200
-20°F (-29°C) 50 ft. lbs. (68J) Elongation % in 2”..............27%
Recommended welding procedures: Typical Charpy V-notch impact values:

Electrical 0°F (-18°C) 72 ft. lbs. (98J)
.045” 200-350 24-28 5/8+1/8” Recommended welding procedures:
.052” 250-400 25-31 5/8”+1/8” Electrical
Type of current: DCEP .035” 200-260 26-30 1/2 +1/8”
.045” 200-350 27-34 5/8+1/8”
Approvals and conformances: .052” 250-400 28-34 5/8+1/8”
• AWS A5.28, E90C-D2

• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• ASME SFA 5.18
• DNV Grade III Y40MS
• CWB E491C-6M H4
• Bureau Veritas S3YM
• Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Grade 3Y40S H15
• ABS Grade 3SA, 3YSA
132
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy VantageTM TM-1101K3-C
AWS E70C-6M H4 AWS E111T1-K3CJ H8
Metalloy Vantage is a metal-cored wire with TM-1101K3-C offers excellent arc stability and low
fewer silicon islands than other metal-cored spatter with CO2 shielding gas. It also has a fast
wires, eliminating troublesome cleanup time and freezing slag for all-position welding. These features,
effort. Remaining islands of silicon are almost along with relatively low diffusible hydrogen levels,
self-peeling. With exceptional low spatter rates, it excellent slag removal, good impact values and
will save time and money spent cleaning prior to high strength levels, make TM-1101K3-C a superior
painting, coating, or plating. Recommended for choice for welding higher-strength steels. It is recom-
single-pass and multi-pass welding in both the flat mended for single-and multiple-pass welding in all
and horizontal positions. Recommended shielding positions using 100% CO2 shielding gas.
gas is a mixture of argon and carbon dioxide,
with a minimum of 75% argon and a maximum of Typical applications:
95% argon. • Welding high-strength steels
Product characteristics:
• Exceptionally clean weld beads Typical diffusible hydrogen
• Better wetting action than solid wire. Below 5.0ml/100g
• Better gap bridging and reduced burn through
than solid wire. Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
• Higher deposition rates and travel speeds than 100% CO2
solid wire. Carbon...........................................0.07
• Better side wall fusion than solid wire. Manganese....................................1.55
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas Silicon............................................0.34
chromatography): Phosphorus.................................. 0.009
2,05ml/100gr 75% AR/ 25% CO2 Sulphur..........................................0.017
Molybdenum................................. 0.37
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Chromium..................................... 0.03
75% Ar/25% CO2 Nickel.............................................1.97
Carbon...........................................0.05 Vanadium..................................... 0.02
Manganese....................................1.38
Silicon............................................0.65 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Phosphorus...................................0.011 100% CO2
Sulphur..........................................0.013 Tensile Strength (psi).........117,000
Nickel.............................................0.40 Yield Strength (psi).............105,000
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Elongation...........................22%
75% Ar/25% CO2
Tensile Strength (psi).........90,200 Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Yield Strength (psi).............80,000 -20°F (-29°C) 34 ft. lbs. (46J)
Elongation...........................25%
0°F (-18°C) 50 ft. lbs. (68J) Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
Recommended welding procedures: .045” 125-325 24-31 1/2 - 3/4”
Electrical .052” 150-375 24-32 1/2 - 3/4”
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout 1/16” 175-400 23-32 1/2 - 3/4”
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-400 26-31 5/8+1/8”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 275-450 29-33 3/4+1/4” Type of current: DCEP
• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4 • AWS A5.29 , E111T1-K3CJ H8
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4 • ASME SFA 5.29
• ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4 • ABS to AWS E110T1-K3C
• ABS, 80% Ar/20% CO2, 3YSA H5 (0.045” - 1/16”
diameter electrodes, flat & horizontal positions)
• ABS, 90% Ar/10% CO2, 3YSA H5 (0.035” -
0.045” diameter electrodes, all positions)
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E491C-6MJ-H4
(1.2 mm diameter electrode) • CE Marked per CPR 305/2011
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E492C-6MJ-H4 • AWS D1.8/D1.8M, 75% Ar/25% CO2, [0.052”
(1.4 - 1.6 mm diameter electrodes) (1.4 mm) diameter electrode]
• EN17632-A: T46 3 M M 3 H5
133
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy® 90 Metalloy® 100
AWS E90C-K3 AWS E100C-K3
Metalloy 90 is a metal cored wire designed for weld- Metalloy 100 is a low alloy steel metal cored welding
ing high-strength steels, particularly those requiring electrode designed to produce weld metal with a
high toughness at sub-zero temperatures. Metalloy minimum of 100 ksi tensile strength. In addition to
90 can be used for both single and multipass weld- high tensile strength, the weld metal has excellent
ing with either 98% Ar/2% O2 or 75% Ar/25% CO2 low temperature toughness to -60¢XC. Metalloy 100
shielding gas. produces these properties over a wide heat input
range. Like most metal cored wires, Metalloy 100
Typical applications: has low diffusible hydrogen levels below 4 ml/100g.
• Ideal for castings, pressure vessels and other
applications associated with building ships and Product characteristics:
offshore platforms. • Single or multi-pass welding of high strength low
alloy steels, such as A514, A517, T-1, HY-80,
Product characteristics: HSLA A80, A710 and many others.
• Suitable for welding high strength low alloy • Higher deposition rates compared to solid wire.
steels. • Designed for Ar/CO2 shielding gas mixtures
• Single or multi-pass welding. containing up to 10% CO2.
• Higher deposition rates compared to solid wire. • Shielding gas mixtures containing more than
• High CVN at sub-zero temperatures. 10% CO2 may be used but will result in tensile
strength below 100 ksi.
98% Ar/2% CO2 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon...........................................0.05 90% Ar/10% CO2
Nickel.............................................1.89 Silicon............................................0.38
Molybdenum..................................0.34
98% Ar/2% CO2 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Tensile Strength (psi).........100,800 90% Ar/10% CO2
Yield Strength (psi).............91,400 Tensile Strength (psi).........113,300
Elongation...........................25% Yield Strength (psi).............103,300
Elongation...........................21%
-60°F (-51°C) 25 ft. lbs. (34J) Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
-60°F (-51°C) 49 ft. lbs. (66J)
Deposition Recommended welding procedures:
Dia. Amps Volts Rate(lb/hr) Deposition
.045” 200-350 27-35 5.9 - 15.2 Dia. Amps Volts Rate(lb/hr)
1/16” 300-450 29-34 11.2 - 20.9 .045” 200-350 27-35 5.9 - 15.2
.052” 250-400 28-34 9.0-21.5
Approvals and conformances: 1/16” 300-450 28-34 11.2 - 20.9
• AWS A5.28, E90C-K3
• AWS A5.28, E100C-K3
For more information:

http://www.hobartbrothers.com
134
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy® 110 FabCOR® 86R
AWS E110C-K4 AWS E70C-6M H4
Metalloy 110 is a metal-cored, gas shielded wire Smooth and consistent, this metal-cored gas
that is designed for the single- and multi-pass shielded wire gives you the high deposition rates
welding of quenched and tempered steels of a flux-cored wire along with the high efficiency
including T1-type, HY80 and HY100. For use with of a solid wire. With its metal powdered core and
75% Ar/25% CO2, it is also highly recommended spray transfer, deposition rates in excess of 20
for welding high-strength steels. pounds per hour and deposition efficiencies of 95
percent and greater can be obtained. And you get
Typical Applications: the minimized spatter, fume and slag that high
Metalloy 110 can be used for welding castings, production environments demand.
heavy equipment, and shipbuilding projects. Typical applications:
• Automated or robotic welding
Product characteristics: • Earthmoving equipment
• Single or multi-pass welding of high strength low • Railcars
alloy steels • Steel structures
• Higher deposition rates compared to solid wire • Storage vessels
• Recommended for welding quenched and
tempered HSLA steels Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas
chromatography):
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Less than 4.0ml/100g
75% Ar/25% CO2 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon...........................................0.07 75% Ar 90% Ar
Manganese....................................1.63 25% CO2 10% CO2
Silicon............................................0.48 Carbon............................ 0.057 0.042
Nickel.............................................2.22 Manganese..................... 1.58 1.64
Chromium......................................0.21 Silicon............................. 0.75 0.79
Molybdenum..................................0.59 Phosphorus.................... 0.010 0.012
Sulphur........................... 0.018 0.019
75% Ar/25% CO2 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Tensile Strength (psi).........119,900 Tensile Strength(psi)...... 87,500 90,600
Yield Strength (psi).............95,000 Yield Strength(psi).......... 75,300 77,100
Elongation...........................22% Elongation % in 2”.......... 29% 28%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 72 ft.lb. 62 ft.lb.
-60°F (-51°C)......................39 ft. lbs. (53J) Recommended welding procedures:
Electrical
Deposition .045” (1.2 mm) 75-325 15-35 1/2”-3/4”
Dia. Amps Volts Rate(lb/hr) .052” (1.4 mm) 100-380 16-35 1/2”-1”
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-4000 27-35 6.0 - 18.6 1/16” (1.6 mm) 150-450 17-35 1/2”-1”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 300-450 28-34 11.2 - 20.9 3/32” (2.4 mm) 350-550 26-37 3/4”-1-1/4”
Approvals and conformances: Shielding gas:
• AWS A5.28, E110C-K4 75% Ar/25% CO2 or higher argon gas mixtures
• AWS A5.28M, E76C-K4 Type of current: DCEP
• ASME SFA 5.28, E110C-K4
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E76C-K4-H4 Approvals and conformances:
• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4
• ABS 80% Ar/20% CO2 3SA, 3YSA
• Bureau Veritas 80% Ar/20% CO2 SA3YM
• CWB E491C-6M H4
• DNV IIY40 MS
• Lloyd’s Register 3S, 3Y40S H15
135
Metal Cored Wires
Matrix™ FabCOR® Edge™
AWS E70C-6M H4 AWS E70C-6M H4
Matrix is a revolutionary new metal cored wire FabCOR Edge is a metal-cored wire with fewer
designed to provide maximum performance in silicon islands than other metal-cored wires. On
automated and robotic applications. Excellent clean material, weld bead toe lines are almost
feedability, arc starting, bead wetting, with minimal completely free of silicon deposits. The weld bead
silicon islands. face is virtually free from silicon island deposits.
Together with exceptional low spatter rates, Edge
Typical applications: will save time and money spent cleaning prior to
• Single and multi-pass welding painting, coating, or plating. The recommended
• Non-alloyed and fine grain steels shielding gas is a mixture of argon and carbon
• High production applications dioxide, with a minimum of 75% argon and a
• Automated or robotic welding maximum of 95% argon. Arc characteristics
improve with richer argon gases while spatter and
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas fume levels decrease.
chromatography): Typical applications:
2.2 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2) • Recommended for single and multi-pass welding
1.35 ml/100 g (90% AR/ 10% CO2) in both the flat and horizontal positions.
• Robotic and automated welding
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): • Non-alloyed and fine grain steels
75% Ar 90% Ar
25% CO2 10% CO2 • Heavy equipment
Carbon............................ 0.04 0.04 • Agriculture
Manganese..................... 1.30 1.38 • Transportation
Silicon............................. 0.62 0.63 • Mining
Phosphorus.................... 0.008 0.010 Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas
Sulphur........................... 0.022 0.023 chromatography):
1.5 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2)
Typical mechanical properties (AW): 2.10 ml/100 g (90% AR/ 10% CO2)
Tensile Strength(psi)...... 71,000 85,000 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Yield Strength(psi).......... 67,000 73,000 75% Ar 90% Ar
Elongation % in 2”.......... 24% 27% 25% CO2 10% CO2
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Carbon............................ 0.05 0.05
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 46 ft.lb. 40 ft.lb. Manganese..................... 1.33 1.50
Avg. at -40°F (-40°C)...... 42 ft.lb. 38 ft.lb. Silicon............................. 0.63 0.72
Phosphorus.................... 0.006 0.010
Recommended welding procedures: Sulphur........................... 0.007 0.012
Electrical Nickel.............................. 0.42 0.42
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout Typical mechanical properties (AW):
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 25-30 5/8”-3/4” Tensile Strength (psi)..... 91,000 97,000
.052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 26-34 3/4”-1” Yield Strength (psi)......... 81,000 87,000
1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 28-34 3/4”-1” Elongation % in 2”.......... 25% 22%
Shielding gas: 75-95% Ar/balance CO2 Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Avg. at 0°F (-20°C)......... 50 ft.lb. 56 ft.lb.
Type of current: DCEP Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 38 ft.lb. 47 ft.lb.
Approvals and conformances: Electrical
• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4 Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4 .045” (1.2 mm) 200-375 25-30 5/8”-3/4”
• ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4 .052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 24-30 3/4”-1”
• CWB, 75-95%Ar/Balance CO2, E492C-6M-H4 1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 25-32 3/4”-1”
• EN 17632-A: T46 4 M M 3 H5
• CE Marked per CPD 89/106/EEC (1.2 mm & 1.4 Shielding gas: 75-95% Ar/balance CO2
mm diameter electrodes) Type of current: DCEP
Approvals and conformances: • CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E491C-6MJ-H4

• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4 (1.2 mm diameter electrode only)
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4 • CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E492C-6MJ-H4
• ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4 (1.4 - 1.6 mm diameter electrodes only)
• ABS, 80% Ar/20% CO2, 3YSA
136
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy® 76 Metalloy® X-CEL™
Metalloy 76 has higher manganese and silicon Metalloy X-CEL is a metal-cored wire specifically
levels than Metalloy 70 with slightly lower spatter formulated to maximize the benefits of using
and higher strength. The increased deoxidization DCEN (straight) polarity. This unique wire is best
level allows for more tolerance of mill scale, with suited for applications where high deposition, fast
fewer root pores than Metalloy 70. Metalloy 76 is fill characteristics are required along with a “soft
recommended for single and multiple pass welding arc” for reduced burn through and improved gap
in flat and horizontal positions with 75-90% Ar/ bridging capability. With deposition rates 30-40%
CO2 with no detrimental effects at the higher argon higher than solid wire, Metalloy X-CEL is ideally
levels. The wetting action is better than solid wire, suited for semiautomatic, automatic and robotic
minimizing cold lap on heavier sections of steel. welding on clean mild steel in thicknesses 1/4”
(6.35 mm) and less. The recommended shielding
Product Charactistics: gas is a mixture of argon and carbon dioxide, with
• Higher deoxidizer level than Metalloy 70 to a minimum of 75% and a maximum of 95% argon.
improve performance on mill scale plate.
• Better wetting action than solid wire minimizes Product Charactistics:
cold lap. • “Soft arc” characteristics for reduced burn
• Superb operator appeal. through and improved gap bridging compared to
• Good choice to use for short-circuit or pulse solid or conventional DCEP metal-core wires.
applications. • Deposition rates 30-40% higher than solid wire.
• Travel speeds 30-40% higher than solid wire.
Undiluted Weld Metal Chemistry: • Fast-fill arc with lower amperage and voltage
75% Ar 90% Ar settings (heat input) than conventional DCEP
25% CO2 10% CO2 welding.
Carbon............................ 0.06 0.05 • Highly resistant to undercut even at higher
Manganese..................... 1.64 1.69 current settings.
Silicon............................. 0.75 0.78
Phosphorus.................... 0.012 0.012 Undiluted Weld Metal Chemistry:
Sulphur........................... 0.019 0.013 75% Ar 75% Ar
25% CO2 25% CO2
Mechanical Properties: DCEP* DCEN
Tensile Strength (psi)..... 91,000 92,500 Carbon............................ 0.05 0.06
Yield Strength (psi)......... 81,000 82,600 Manganese..................... 1.25 1.28
Elongation % in 2”.......... 27% 26% Silicon............................. 0.60 0.65
CVN @ -20°F................. 91 ft-lbs 56 ft-lbs Phosphorus.................... 0.01 0.011
The above properties were determined with Sulphur........................... 0.012 0.011
75% Ar/25% CO2 shielding gas.
Mechanical Properties:
Shielding Gas: 75-90% Ar/balance CO2 Tensile Strength (psi)..... 88,500 90,000
Yield Strength (psi)......... 76,500 80,500
Welding Positions: Elongation % in 2”.......... 24.5% 24.2%
CV Spray—flat, horizontal, vertical down CVN @ -20°F(-29°C)...... 55 ft-lbs 45 ft-lbs
Pulse and Short Arc—all positions
* Note: DCEP data is provided for AWS classification
Standard Diameters: purposes only. Metalloy X-CEL is intended for operation
.035”, .045”, .052”,1/16”, 3/32” in DCEN polarity.
Approvals and conformances: Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/balance CO2

• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• ASME SFA 5.18 Welding Positions:
• DNV Grade III Y40MS CV Spray—flat, horizontal, vertical down
• CWB E491C-6M H4 Pulse and Short Arc—all positions
• Bureau Veritas S3YM
• Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Grade 3Y40S H15 Standard Diameters:
• ABS Grade 3SA, 3YSA .045”, .052”, 1/16”

• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• ASME SFA 5.18
137
Metal Cored Wires
Metal-Cor® 6 Metal-Cor® MX2
Higher deoxidization elements allow this metal Revolutionary new metal-cored wire designed
cored wire to have more tolerance for mill scale to provide maximum performance in automated
welding applications. and robotic applications. Excellent feedability, arc
Typical applications: starting, bead wetting, with minimal silicon islands.
• Single and multiple pass applications with a
Argon/CO2 shielding gas Typical applications:
• Shipbuilding • Single and multiple pass applications with a
• Railcar Argon/CO2 shielding gas
• General fabrication • Railcar
• Automotive
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas • General fabrication
chromatography):
2.1 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2) Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas
2.5 ml/100 g (90% AR/ 10% CO2) chromatography):
75% Ar 90% Ar
25% CO2 10% CO2 1.35 ml/100 g (90% AR/ 10% CO2)
Carbon............................ 0.03 0.03
Manganese..................... 1.57 1.68 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
75% Ar 90% Ar
Silicon............................. 0.69 0.78
Phosphorus.................... 0.001 0.009 25% CO2 10% CO2
Sulphur........................... 0.006 0.002 Carbon............................ 0.04 0.04
Manganese..................... 1.30 1.38
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Silicon............................. 0.62 0.63
Tensile Strength(psi)...... 81,000 85,000 Phosphorus.................... 0.008 0.010
Yield Strength(psi).......... 69,000 75,000 Sulphur........................... 0.022 0.023
Elongation % in 2”.......... 30% 27%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 74 ft.lb. 50 ft.lb. Tensile Strength(psi)...... 71,000 85,000
Recommended welding procedures: Yield Strength(psi).......... 67,000 73,000
Electrical Elongation % in 2”.......... 24% 27%
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-400 27-36 3/4” Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
.052” (1.4 mm) 200-400 25-36 1” Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 37 ft.lb. 40 ft.lb.
1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-500 29-36 1”
5/64” (2.0 mm) 300-500 29-34 1”-1-1/4” Recommended welding procedures:
3/32” (2.4 mm) 350-550 29-34 1”-1-1/4” Electrical
Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/balance CO2 .045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 25-30 5/8”-3/4”
Type of current: DCEP .052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 26-34 3/4”-1”
Approvals and conformances: 1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 28-34 3/4”-1”
• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4 Shielding Gas: 75-95% ar/Bal CO2
• ABS, 80% Ar/20% CO2, 3YSA (0.035” - 1/16” Type of current: DCEP
diameter electrodes)
• Bureau Veritas, 80% Ar/20% CO2, S3YMH5 Approvals and conformances:
(0.035” - 1/16” diameter electrodes) • AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• CWB, 75-95% Argon/Balance CO2, E491C- • AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4
6MJ-H4 (1.2 mm -1.6 mm diameter electrodes) • ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4
• CWB, 95% Ar/5% O2, E491C-6MJ-H4 (1.2 mm -
1.6 mm diameter electrodes)
• CWB, Argoshield 8C, Argoshield GP, Argoshield
25C, E491C-6MJ-H4 (1.2 mm - 1.6 mm diameter
electrodes) • Lloyd’s Register, 80% Ar/20% CO2, 3Y40S
• CWB, Mison 8C & Mison 15C, E491C-6MJ-H4 H5
(1.2 mm -1.6 mm diameter electrodes) • AWS D1.8/D1.8M, 75% Ar/25% CO2, 1/16”
• DNV, 80% Ar/20% CO2, III Y40MS(H5) (1.6 mm) diameter electrode
138
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy® 70X FabCOR® F6
AWS E70C-6M H4, E491C-6M-H4 AWS E70C-GS
With fume generation rates comparable to solid Extremely high deposition metal-cored wire
wire, the Metalloy 70X gives the higher deposition designed primarily for Automotive and galvanized
rates of a metal cored wire. applications. Innovative formulation results in
higher deposition rates than solid wire, excellent
Typical applications: gap-bridging capabilities, and a very high-strength
• Single and multiple pass applications with a deposit that maintains excellent ductility and
Argon/CO2 shielding gas impact toughness. Designed for use with DCEN
• Railcar polarity.
• General plate fabrication
• Structural steels Typical applications:
• Single pass with a Argon/CO2 shielding gas
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas • Industries using thin gauged steel (Auto, fencing
chromatography): and railing, HVAC).
2.5 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2) • Non-alloyed and fine grain steels.
3.0 ml/100 g (90% AR/ 10% CO2) • Galvanized, zinc and aluminized coated steels.
75% Ar 90% Ar 80% Ar 90% Ar
25% CO2 10% CO2 20% CO2 10% CO2
Carbon............................ 0.03 0.03 Carbon............................ 0.13 0.13
Manganese..................... 1.48 1.67 Manganese..................... 1.55 1.64
Silicon............................. 0.61 0.80 Silicon............................. 0.84 0.89
Phosphorus.................... 0.013 0.013 Phosphorus.................... 0.009 0.010
Sulphur........................... 0.009 0.012 Sulphur........................... 0.016 0.012
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Typical mechanical properties (AW):

Tensile Strength(psi)...... 81,000 89,000 Tensile Strength (psi)..... 76,000 76,500
Yield Strength(psi).......... 70,000 70,000
Elongation % in 2”.......... 24% 25% Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 60 ft.lb. 56 ft.lb.
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 60 ft.lb. 56 ft.lb. Recommended welding procedures:
Electrical
Electrical .035” (0.9 mm) 100-250 17-24 1/2”
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout .039” (1.0 mm) 150-300 18-24 5/8”
.035” (0.9 mm) 150-250 25-29 5/8” .045” (1.2 mm) 150-350 17-23 5/8”-3/4”
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 25-28 5/8”-3/4”
.052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 25-31 3/4”-1” Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2
1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 25-31 3/4”-1”
Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2
Type of current: DCEP • AWS A5.18, E70C-GS
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-GS
Approvals and conformances: • ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-GS
• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4 • EN 17632-A: T3T Z Z M M 3
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4 • EN 17632-B: T43 Z TG 0 M A
• ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4 • CE Marked per CPD 89/106/EEC
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E491C-6M-H4
(1.2 - 1.6 mm diameter electrodes only)
139
Metal Cored Wires
FabCOR® 1100 FabCOR® 702
AWS E110C-K4 AWS E70C-6C
A 110,000 psi tensile, high performance metal FabCOR 702 is a metal-cored gas shielded wire
cored wire for use with high strength, low alloy which combines the high deposition rates of a
steels such as ASTM 514, HY-100 and T1 flux cored wire with the high efficiencies of a
steels. Formulated to have low smoke and fume solid wire. Formulated to weld with CO2 shielding
levels while maintaining excellent chemical and gas, FabCOR 702 as compared to solid wire will
mechanical properties. Diffusible hydrogen levels improve productivity through increased deposition
will be less than 4ml/100g of deposited weld rates and higher travel speeds. This metal cored
metal. wire is designed for single and multi-pass welding
of mild steels. It is particularly well suited for high
Typical applications: production and automatic applications where
• Single or multiple pass applications for welding Argon CO2 shielding gas is not available.
steels requiring a minimum 110,000 psi tensile
strength and where low temperature impact Typical applications:
values are required. • Shipbuilding
• High-strength low alloy steels, quench and • Railcar
temper steels, single or multi-pass welding, • General fabrication
castings, heavy equipment, shipbuilding.
Typical diffusible hydrogen:
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): 2.5 ml/100 g (100% CO2)
75% Ar 90% Ar
25% CO2 10% CO2 Typical undiluted weld metal chemistry:
Carbon............................ 0.07 0.13 100% CO2
Manganese..................... 1.52 1.50 Carbon...........................................0.09
Silicon............................. 0.52 0.50 Manganese....................................1.30
Sulfur.............................. 0.007 0.005 Silicon............................................0.56
Phosphorus.................... 0.004 0.003 Phosphorus...................................0.011
Nickel.............................. 1.92 1.84 Sulfur.............................................0.018
Chromium....................... 0.18 0.24
Molybdenum................... 0.47 0.46 Typical mechanical properties:
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Yield Strength (psi).............69,600
Tensile Strength (psi)..... 118,000 128,000 Elongation % in 2”..............24.4
Yield Strength (psi)......... 105,000 116,000
Elongation % in 2”.......... 19% 17% Typical Charpy V-notch impact values:
Avg. at 0°F (-18°C).............57 ft.lb.
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)..........54 ft.lb.
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout .045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 29-36 5/8”-1/8”
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 24-29 5/8”-3/4” .052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 29-36 5/8”-1/8”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 26-30 3/4”-1” 1/16” (1.6 mm) 300-460 30-37 3/4”-1/4”
5/64” (2.0 mm) 415-535 30-36 1”-1/4”
Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2 3/32” (2.4 mm) 480-605 29-36 1”-1/4”
Type of current: DCEP Shielding Gas: 100% CO2
• AWS A5.28, E110C-K4
• AWS A5.28M, E76C-K4 Approvals and conformances:
• ASME SFA 5.28, E110C-K4 • AWS A5.18, E70C-6C
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E76C-K4-H4 • ABS (3Y)
140
Metal Cored Wires
FabCOR® Edge™ MC FabCOR® 86R
E70C-6M H4 E70C-6M H4
Has minimal silicon islands with virtually no silicon Higher deoxidization elements allow this metal
deposits in the toes to minimize post-weld clean- cored wire to have more tolerance for mill scale
up prior to painting, plating, or coating operations. welding applications.
FabCOR® Edge™ MC provides smooth
consistent arc characteristics and superior wetting Typical applications:
characteristics that operators prefer. • Single and multiple pass applications with Argon/
CO2 shielding gas
Typical applications: • Shipbuilding
• Single and mutiple pass applications with an • Railcar
Argon/CO2 shielding gas. • General fabrication
• Railcar Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas
• Earthmoving equipment chromatography):
• Automotive 2.0 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2)
• General fabrication 3.3 ml/100 g (95% AR/ 5% CO2)
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
chromatography): 75% Ar 95% Ar
2.84 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2) 25% CO2 5% CO2
2.91 ml/100 g (95% AR/ 5% CO2) Carbon............................ 0.03 0.04
Manganese..................... 1.44 1.48
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Silicon............................. 0.67 0.64
75% Ar 95% Ar Sulphur........................... 0.015 0.010
25% CO2 5% CO2 Phosphorus.................... 0.008 0.008
Carbon............................ 0.04 0.04
Manganese..................... 1.43 1.62 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Silicon............................. 0.62 0.77 Tensile Strength(psi)...... 81,000 76,000
Sulphur........................... 0.009 0.011 Yield Strength(psi).......... 69,000 61,000
Phosphorus.................... 0.006 0.008 Elongation % in 2”.......... 30% 29%
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Tensile Strength(psi)...... 85,000 90,000 Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 74 ft.lb. 119 ft.lb.
Yield Strength(psi).......... 73,000 71,000 Avg. at -40°F (-40°C)...... 40 ft.lb. 42 ft.lb.
Elongation % in 2”.......... 28% 25%
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 48 ft.lb. 29 ft.lb. Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
.035” (.09 mm) 200-300 25-36 1/2”
Recommended welding procedures: .045” (1.2 mm) 200-400 27-36 3/4”
Electrical .052” (1.4 mm) 200-400 25-36 1”
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout 1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-500 29-36 1”
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-400 27-36 3/4” 5/64” (2.0 mm) 300-500 29-34 1”-1-1/4”
.052” (1.4 mm) 200-400 25-36 1” 3/32” (2.4 mm) 350-550 29-34 1”-1-1/4”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-500 29-36 1” Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2
Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2 Type of current: DCEP
Type of current: DCEP Approvals and conformances:

• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
Approvals and conformances: • AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4
• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4 • ASME SFA 5.18 E70C-6M H4
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4 • ABS, 80% Ar/20% CO2, 3YSA (0.035” - 1/16”
• ASME SFA 5.18 E70C-6M H4 diameter electrodes)
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E492C-6M-H4 • Bureau Veritas, 80% Ar/20% CO2, S3YMH5
(0.035” - 1/16” diameter electrodes)
• CE Marked per CPR 305/2011 (1.2 mm - 1.6 mm (0.9 mm - 1.6 mm diameter electrodes)
diameter electrodes) • CWB, 95% Ar/5% O2, E491C-6MJ-H4 (1.2 mm -
• Lloyd’s Register, 80% Ar/20% CO2, 3Y40S H5 1.6 mm diameter electrodes)
• AWS D1.8/D1.8M, 75% Ar/25% CO2, [1/16” (1.6 • DNV, 80% Ar/20% CO2, III Y40MS(H5)
mm) diameter electrode] • EN17632-A: T 46 2 M M 3 H5
141
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy® Vantage™ Metalloy® 71 SG
E70C-6M H4 E70C-6M H4
Has fewer silicon islands than other metal cored Created mainly for Sour Gas Pipeline applications.
wires. Will save time and money as clean up is Designed with higher deoxidization elements allow
minimal prior to painting or plating. this metal cored wire to have more tolerance for
Typical applications: mill scale welding applications.
• Single and multiple pass applications with a
Argon/CO2 shielding gas Typical applications:
• Railcar • Single and multiple pass applications with a
• General plate fabrication Argon/CO2 shielding gas
• General plate fabrication • Sour gas pipeline
• Railcar
• Automotive Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas
• General plate fabrication chromatography):
3.3 ml/100 g (80% AR/ 20% CO2)
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas
chromatography): Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
1.5 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2) 80% Ar/ 20% CO2
32.1 ml/100 g (90% AR/ 10% CO2) Carbon...........................................0.042
75% Ar 90% Ar Silicon............................................0.32
25% CO2 10% CO2 Phosphorus...................................0.01
Carbon............................ 0.05 0.05 Sulphur..........................................0.009
Manganese..................... 1.33 1.50 Nickel.............................................0.38
Silicon............................. 0.63 0.72
Phosphorus.................... 0.006 0.010 Typical mechanical properties:
Sulphur........................... 0.007 0.012 (Aged 48 hours at 220°F (104°C)
Nickel.............................. 0.42 0.42 80% Ar/ 20% CO2 Vertical
Flat/ Down
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Horizontal GMAW pulse
Tensile Strength(psi)...... 91,000 97,000 Tensile Strength(psi)...... 84,000 87,000
Yield Strength(psi).......... 81,000 87,000 Yield Strength(psi).......... 74,000 80,000
Elongation % in 2”.......... 25% 22% Elongation % in 2”.......... 27% 29%
Avg. at 0°F (-20°C)......... 50 ft.lb. 56 ft.lb. Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 38 ft.lb. 47 ft.lb. Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 95 ft.lb. –
Recommended welding procedures: Avg. at -40°F (-40°C)...... 88 ft.lb. 152 ft.lb.
Electrical Avg. at -76°F (-60°C)...... 34 ft.lb. 102 ft.lb.
.035” (0.9 mm) 150-250 26-29 1/2” Recommended welding procedures:
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-375 25-30 5/8”-3/4” Electrical
.052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 24-30 3/4”-1” Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 25-32 3/4”-1” .045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 26-35 5/8”
Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2 Shielding Gas: 75-90% Ar/Balance CO2
• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4 Approvals and conformances:
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4 • AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4 • AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4
• ABS, 80% Ar/20% CO2, 3YSA H5 (0.045” - 1/16” • ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4
diameter electrodes, flat & horizontal positions)
• ABS, 90% Ar/10% CO2, 3YSA H5 (0.035” -
0.045” diameter electrodes, all positions)
(1.2 mm diameter electrode)
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E492C-6MJ-H4 • CE Marked per CPR 305/2011
(1.4 - 1.6 mm diameter electrodes) • AWS D1.8/D1.8M, 75% Ar/25% CO2, [0.052”
• EN17632-A: T46 3 M M 3 H5 (1.4 mm) diameter electrode]
142
Metal Cored Wires
Metal-Cor® Maxim™ Eclipse® ULTIMET 716
E70C-6M H4 E70C-6M H4, E491C-6M H4
Has fewer silicon islands than other metal cored This is a premium gas shielded wire designed to
wires. Will save time and money as clean up is have extra low smoke emission levels. ULTIMET
minimal prior to painting or plating. 716 provides high deposition rates and deposition
efficiency.
• Single and multiple pass applications with a Typical applications:
Argon/CO2 shielding gas • Single and multiple pass applications with a
• Railcar Argon/CO2 shielding gas
• Automotive • Railcar cars
• General fabrication • Steel structures
• Storage vessels
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas • Mining and construction industry equipment
chromatography):
1.5 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2) Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas
2.10 ml/100 g (90% AR/ 10% CO2) chromatography):
2.5 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2)
75% Ar 90% Ar
25% CO2 10% CO2 Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
Carbon............................ 0.05 0.05 75% Ar 90% Ar
Manganese..................... 1.33 1.50 25% CO2 10% CO2
Silicon............................. 0.63 0.72 Carbon............................ 0.03 0.03
Phosphorus.................... 0.006 0.010 Manganese..................... 1.48 1.67
Sulphur........................... 0.007 0.012 Silicon............................. 0.61 0.80
Nickel.............................. 0.42 0.42 Phosphorus.................... 0.013 0.013
Sulphur........................... 0.009 0.012
Tensile Strength(psi)...... 91,000 97,000 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Yield Strength(psi).......... 81,000 87,000 Tensile Strength(psi)...... 81,000 89,000
Elongation % in 2”.......... 25% 22% Yield Strength(psi).......... 70,000 70,000
Elongation % in 2”.......... 27% 25%
Avg. at 0°F (-20°C)......... 50 ft.lb. 56 ft.lb. Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 38 ft.lb. 47 ft.lb. Avg. at 0°F (-20°C)......... 75 ft.lb. 70 ft.lb.
Electrical Recommended welding procedures:
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout Electrical
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-375 25-30 5/8”-3/4” Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
.052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 24-30 3/4”-1” .045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 25-28 5/8”-3/4”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 25-32 3/4”-1” .052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 25-31 3/4”-1”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 25-31 3/4”-1”
• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4 Approvals and conformances:
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4 • AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4 • AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4
• ABS, 80% Ar/20% CO2, 3YSA • ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E491C-6MJ-H4 • CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E491C-6M-H4
(1.2 mm diameter electrode only)
(1.4 - 1.6 mm diameter electrodes only)
143
Metal Cored Wires
Metal-Cor® 6L Metalloy® 80B2
E70C-6M H4, E491C-6M-H4 E80C-B2
With fume generation rates comparable to solid Metalloy 80B2 is a gas-shielded metal cored
wire, the Metal-Cor 6L gives the higher deposition wire that is designed for the single- or multi-pass
rates of a metal cored wire. welding of chrome-moly steels. Designed for use
with 98% Ar/2% O2 or 75% Ar/25% CO2 shielding
Typical applications: gas, Metalloy 80B2 is used for welding castings
• Single and multiple pass applications with a and equipment.
Argon/CO2 shielding gas
• Railcarcar Typical applications:
• General plate fabrication • Castings and equipment
• Structural steels
Typical undiluted weld metal chemistry:
Typical diffusible hydrogen (gas 98% Ar 75% Ar
chromatography): 2% CO2 25% CO2
2.5 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2) Carbon............................ 0.07 0.06
3.0 ml/100 g (90% AR/ 10% CO2) Manganese..................... 0.78 0.82
Silicon............................. 0.42 0.29
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Chromium....................... 1.25 1.36
75% Ar 90% Ar Molybdenum................... 0.47 0.50
25% CO2 10% CO2
Carbon............................ 0.03 0.03 Typical mechanical properties
Manganese..................... 1.48 1.67 (stress relieve 1 hour at 1150°F):
Silicon............................. 0.61 0.80 Tensile Strength (psi)..... 96,900 83,300
Phosphorus.................... 0.013 0.013 Yield Strength (psi)......... 83,700 69,600
Sulphur........................... 0.009 0.012 Elongation % in 2”.......... 22.5% 23%
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Typical Charpy V-notch impact values:

Tensile Strength(psi)...... 81,000 89,000 Avg. at 0°F (-18°C).............57 ft.lb.
Yield Strength(psi).......... 70,000 70,000 Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)..........54 ft.lb.
Elongation % in 2”.......... 27% 25%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): WFS
Avg. at 0°F (-20°C)......... 75 ft.lb. 70 ft.lb. Dia. Amps Volts IPM
Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 60 ft.lb. 56 ft.lb. .045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 20-36 260-570
Recommended welding procedures: Shielding Gas: 75-98% Ar/Balance CO2

Electrical
.035” (0.9 mm) 150-250 25-29 5/8”
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 25-28 5/8”-3/4” Approvals and conformances:
.052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 25-31 3/4”-1” • AWS A5.28, E80C-B2
1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 25-31 3/4”-1”

• AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E491C-6M-H4,
Mison 8C, E492C-6M-H4
144
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy VantageTM Ni1 FabCOR® 209
AWS E80C-ni1 H4 AWS E80C-Ni1-H4
Metalloy Vantage Ni1 is a metal-cored wire Developed for the welding of nickel-molybdenum
designed for single or multi-pass welding steels such as 1/2 Ni/1/4 Mo, 1 Ni/1/4 Mo, and 1
of nickelmolybdenum steels. This wire also 1/2 Ni/1/4 Mo. Can also be used for weathering
incorporates patented formulation to reduce silicon steel applications where color match is not critical.
island formation. Weld bead toe lines and weld
face are almost completely free of silicon deposits, Typical applications:
eliminating cleanup time and effort. The remaining • Single or multiple pass applications with a 95%
islands of silicon are almost self-peeling.With Argon/5% O2, or 75%-95% Argon/Balance CO2
exceptionally low spatter rates, Metalloy Vantage • Castings
Ni1 will save time and money spent cleaning prior • Equipment
to painting, coating, or plating. • Other applications requiring toughness at sub-
zero temperatures
• Welding castings, equipment and applications Typical diffusible hydrogen
requiring touhness at sub-zero temperatures. (gas chromatography):
• Suitable for joining HSLA weathering steels in 1.2 ml/100 g (75% AR/ 25% CO2)
structural construction applications where color 3.0 ml/100 g (95% AR/ 5% CO2)
match is not required.
Typical diffusible hydrogen 75% Ar 95% Ar
(gas chromatography): 25% CO2 5% CO2
2.05ml/100gr (75% Ar/ 25% CO2) Carbon............................ 0.05 0.04
Manganese..................... 1.38 1.40
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Silicon............................. 0.65 0.80
75% Ar/25% CO2 Sulphur........................... 0.011 0.009
Carbon...........................................0.05 Phosphorus.................... 0.013 0.008
Manganese....................................1.38 Nickel.............................. 1.00 0.95
Silicon............................................0.65
Phosphorus...................................0.011 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Sulphur..........................................0.013 Tensile Strength(psi)...... 92,000 94,000
Nickel.............................................1.0 Yield Strength(psi).......... 81,000 81,000
Elongation % in 2”.......... 25% 26%
75% Ar/25% CO2 Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Tensile Strength (psi).........92,000 Avg. at -50°F (-45°C)...... 44 ft.lb. 61 ft.lb.
Yield Strength (psi).............81,000
Elongation % in 2”..............25% Recommended welding procedures:
Electrical
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
-20°F (-29°C)......................48 ft. lbs. (65J) .045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 25-29 5/8”-3/4”
.052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 26-31 3/4”-1”
Electrical Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-400 27-35 5/8+1/8” Type of current: DCEP
1/16” (1.6 mm) 275-500 29-37 1”+1/4”
Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2 • AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
• AWS A5.18M, E48C-6M H4
Type of current: DCEP • ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M H4
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, E491C-6M-H4,
Approvals and conformances: Mison 8C, E492C-6M-H4
• AWS A5.28, E80C-Ni1 H4
• AWS A5.28M, E55C-Ni1 H4
• ASME SFA 5.28, E80C-Ni1 H4
• CWB, 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2, 95-99% Ar/
Balance O2, E55C-Ni1-H8
145
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy® 90B3 Metalloy® 80D2
AWS E90C-B3 AWS E90C-D2
Designed with nominal 2-1/4% Cr & 1% Mo Developed for high strength, low alloy steels found
contents. Has excellent arc characteristics in heavy equipment or structural parts.
with a minimal number of silion islands. Higher
deposition rates than B3 solid wire. Maintains Typical applications:
tensile strength at high service temperatures. • Single or multiple pass welding with 95%
Argon/5% Oxygen
Typical applications: • Heavy equipment
• Single or multiple pass applications with a • Structural components
98%Argon/2%Oxygen, or 75% Argon/25% CO2
• Chrome-moly castings Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad):
• P22 pipe 90% Ar 95% Ar
• 2-1/4% Cr & 1% Mo steels 10% CO2 5% O2
Carbon............................ 0.08 0.08
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Manganese..................... 1.80 1.34
75% Ar 98% Ar Silicon............................. 0.66 0.53
25% CO2 2% CO2 Phosphorus.................... 0.005 0.003
Carbon............................ 0.07 0.09 Sulphur........................... 0.008 0.006
Manganese..................... 0.70 0.62 Molybdenum................... 0.50 0.50
Phosphorus.................... 0.015 0.011 Copper............................ 0.02 0.02
Sulphur........................... 0.012 0.010
Silicon............................. 0.35 0.39 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Chromium....................... 2.30 2.07 Tensile Strength(psi)...... 106,000 105,000
Molybdenum................... 1.00 1.01 Yield Strength(psi).......... 98,000 96,000
Elongation % in 2”.......... 19% 17%
Tensile Strength(psi)...... 94,000 103,000 Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Yield Strength(psi).......... 80,000 91,000 Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 42 ft.lb. 40 ft.lb.
Elongation % in 2”.......... 23% 20%
Avg. at -50°F (-45°C)...... 44 ft.lb. 61 ft.lb. Dia. Amps Volts Stickout
.035” (0.9 mm) 150-250 26-28 5/8”
Recommended welding procedures: .045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 24-29 5/8”-3/4”
Electrical .052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 25-30 3/4”-1”
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout 1/16” (1.6 mm) 250-450 24-29 3/4”-1”
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 27-29 3/4”
Shielding Gas:
Shielding Gas: 75-98% Ar/Balance CO2 95-99% Argon (Ar)/Balance O2
75-95% Argon (Ar)/Balance CO2
• AWS A5.28, E90C-B3 Approvals and conformances:
• AWS A5.28M, E62C-B3 • AWS A5.28, E90C-D2
• ASME SFA 5.28, E90C-B3 • AWS A5.28M, E62C-D2
• ASME SFA 5.28, E90C-D2
146
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy® 90 Metalloy® 80N1
AWS E90C-K3 H4 AWS E80C-Ni1 H8
Used in the welding of higher strength steels. Developed for the welding of nickel-molybdenum
steels such as 1/2 Ni/1/4 Mo, 1 Ni/1/4 Mo, and 1
Typical applications: 1/2 Ni/1/4 Mo. Can also be used for weathering
• Single or multiple pass applications with a 75- steel applications where color match is not critical.
95% Argon/Balance CO2
• Castings Typical applications:
• Pressure vessels • Single or multiple pass applications with a 98%
• Shipbuilding Argon/2% O2, or 75% Argon/25% CO2
• Offshore platforms • Castings
• Equipment
Typical diffusible hydrogen • Shipbuilding
(gas chromatography): • Other applications requiring toughness at sub-
2.33 ml/100 g (75% Ar/ 25% CO2) zero temperatures
75% Ar 90% Ar 98% Ar 75% Ar
25% CO2 10% CO2 2% O2 25% CO2
Carbon............................ 0.06 0.06 Carbon............................ 0.06 0.06
Manganese..................... 1.19 1.41 Manganese..................... 1.05 1.80
Silicon............................. 0.25 0.31 Phosphorus.................... 0.006 0.006
Sulphur........................... 0.012 0.012 Sulphur........................... 0.012 0.011
Phosphorus.................... 0.009 0.006 Silicon............................. 0.45 0.25
Nickel.............................. 1.84 1.83 Copper............................ 0.07 0.06
Chromium....................... 0.08 0.08 Vanadium....................... <0.01 <0.01
Molybdenum................... 0.34 0.34 Nickel.............................. 0.95 0.95
Vanadium....................... 0.00 0.01 Molybdenum................... 0.14 0.14
Copper............................ 0.06 0.06
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Tensile Strength (psi)..... 86,000 82,000
Tensile Strength (psi)..... 102,000 110,000 Yield Strength (psi)......... 77,000 74,000
Yield Strength (psi)......... 94,000 104,000 Elongation % in 2”.......... 27% 24%
Elongation % in 2”.......... 23% 22%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): Avg. at -50°F (-45°C)...... 30 ft.lb. 40 ft.lb.
Dia. Amps Volts Stickout .045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 27-30 5/8”-3/4”
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 27-30 5/8”-3/4” .052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 27-31 3/4”
.052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 27-31 3/4” 1/16” (1.6 mm) 300-450 29-31 1”
1/16” (1.6 mm) 300-450 29-31 1”
Shielding Gas:
Shielding Gas: 75-95% Ar/Balance CO2 98%Argon/2% O2
75% Argon/25% CO2
• AWS A5.28, E90C-K3 H4 Approvals and conformances:
• AWS A5.28, E90C-K3 H4
147
Metal Cored Wires
Metalloy® 80N2 Metalloy® Vantage™ D2
AWS E80C-Ni2 AWS E90C-D2
Metalloy 80N2 is a metal-cored low alloy that is Developed for high strength, low alloy steels found
designed for the single– or multi-pass welding of in heavy equipment or structural parts.
structures where high Charpy-impact values are
required at sub-zero temperatures. This higher Typical applications:
nickel alloy product offers superior mechanical • Single or multiple pass applications with a 98%
properties when used with 98% Ar/2% O2 or 75% Argon/2% O2, or 75% Argon/25% CO2
Ar/25% CO2 shielding gas and is appropriate for • Heavy equipment
the offshore oil platforms, shipbuilding, and other • Structural components
applications where good toughness is desired.
Typical applications: 98% Ar 75% Ar
• Single or multiple pass applications with a 98% 2% O2 25% CO2
Argon/2% O2, or 75% Argon/25% CO2 Carbon............................ 0.05 0.05
• Offshore platforms Manganese..................... 1.50 1.45
• Shipbuilding Silicon............................. 0.50 0.45
Phosphorus.................... 0.009 0.009
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): Sulfur.............................. 0.012 0.012
98% Ar 75% Ar Copper............................ 0.05 0.05
2% O2 25% CO2 Molybdenum................... 0.50 0.45
Carbon............................ 0.04 0.03
Manganese..................... 1.09 0.77 Typical mechanical properties (AW):
Silicon............................. 0.34 0.28 Tensile Strength (psi)..... 98,000 96,500
Nickel.............................. 2.26 2.23 Yield Strength (psi)......... 90,000 98,600
Elongation % in 2”.......... 25% 22.5%
Tensile Strength (psi)..... 90,000 78,200 Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW):
Yield Strength (psi)......... 77,000 65,800 Avg. at -20°F (-29°C)...... 55 ft.lb. 45 ft.lb.
Elongation % in 2”.......... 26% 26%
Typical Charpy V-notch impact values (AW): WFS
Avg. at -50°F (-46°C)...... – 38 ft.lb. Dia. Amps Volts IPM
Avg. at -80°F (-62°C)...... 48 ft.lb. – .045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 25-28 5/8”-3/4”
.052” (1.4 mm) 250-400 26-29 3/4”-1”
Recommended welding procedures: 1/16” (1.6 mm) 300-450 26-29 1”
WFS
Dia. Amps Volts IPM Shielding Gas:
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 27-35 240-570 95-98% Argon/Balance O2
75095% Argon/Balance CO2
Shielding Gas:
98% Argon/2% O2 Type of current: DCEP
75% Argon/25% CO2
Type of current: DCEP • AWS A5.28, E90C-D2
• AWS A5.28M, E62C-D2
Approvals and conformances: • ASME SFA 5.28, E90C-D2
• AWS A5.28, E80C-Ni2
148
Metal Cored Wires/Hard Surfacing
FabCOR® 90 Tube-Alloy® Build Up-G
AWS E90C-K3 H4
Tube-Alloy® Build Up-G is a gas shielded, metal
FabCOR® 90 is used in the welding of higher cored wire designed for build-up on carbon and
strength steels. low alloy steels. The weld metals have good
compressive strength and impact resistance,
Typical applications: making them excellent bases for more abrasion-
• Single or multiple pass applications with a 75- resistant alloys.
95% Ar /Balance CO2
• Castings Typical Applications:
• Pressure vessels • Bucket teeth & lips
• Shipbuilding • Crane wheels
• Offshore platforms • Dragline buckets
• Dragline chain
Typical diffusible hydrogen • Dredge ladder rolls
(gas chromatography): • Gear teeth
2.33 ml/100 g (75% Ar/ 25% CO2) • Kiln trunnions
• Mine car wheels
Typical weld metal properties (Chem Pad): • Spindles
75% Ar 90% Ar • Steel shafts
25% CO2 10% CO2 • Wobbler ends
Carbon............................ 0.06 0.06
Manganese..................... 1.19 1.41 Typical Deposit Analysis %:
Silicon............................. 0.25 0.31 Carbon...........................................0.26
Sulphur........................... 0.012 0.012 Mnanganese..................................1.73
Phosphorus.................... 0.009 0.006 Silicon............................................0.32
Nickel.............................. 1.84 1.83 Chromium......................................1.85
Chromium....................... 0.08 0.08 Iron.............................................Bal.
Molybdenum................... 0.34 0.34
Vanadium....................... 0.00 0.01 Typical Properties:
Copper............................ 0.06 0.06 Abrasion resistance: Fair
Impact resistance: Very good
Typical mechanical properties (AW): Machinability: Good
Tensile Strength(psi)...... 102,000 110,000 Hardness: 25 Rc
Yield Strength(psi).......... 94,000 104,000
Elongation % in 2”.......... 23% 22% Can be flame cut.
Magnetic.
Avg. at -60°F (-51°C)...... 71 ft.lb. 23 ft.lb. Diameter: .045”, 1/16”
Recommended welding procedures: Shielding gas: 75% Ar/25 CO2 or 100% CO2
Electrical
.045” (1.2 mm) 200-350 27-30 5/8”-3/4”
Shielding gas:

• AWS A5.28, E90C-K3 H4
149
Metal Cored Hard Surfacing Wires
Tube-Alloy® 258-G Tube-Alloy® 260-G
Alloy® 258-G is a metal-cored, gas shielded Tube-Alloy® 260-G is a gas shielded, metal cored
wire which deposits a sound hot work tool wire that deposits a martensitic alloy steel. It is
steel alloy of the AISI H-12 type. It is extremely designed for use as an overlay on carbon and
resistant to thermal shock and erosion at low alloy steels. It has very good resistance
working temperatures. The alloy has good to adhesive (metal-to-metal) wear and good
dimensional stability and uniform heat-treatment resistance to abrasion and impact.
response, making it ideally suited for fabrication,
modification, and repair of dies and other tool Typical Applications:
steel parts. • Coupling boxes
• Dragline chain
Typical Applications: • Kiln trunnions
• Clean out rings • Mill guides
• Die holders • Spindles
• Dummy blocks • Wobbler ends
• Extrusion dies
• Forming dies Typical Deposit Analysis %:
• Forging dies Carbon...........................................0.70
• Gripper dies Manganese....................................2.00
• Guide rolls Silicon............................................1.00
• Header dies Chromium......................................8.00
• Hot forming dies Iron.............................................Bal.
• Mandrels
• Swaging dies Typical Properties:
Abrasion Resistance: Good
Typical Deposit Analysis %: Impact Resistance: Good
Carbon...........................................0.40 Machinability: Grinding only
Manganese....................................1.00
Si licon...........................................0.55 Hardness:
Chromium......................................5.00 As deposited: 55-60 RC
Molybdenum..................................1.45
Tungsten........................................1.25 Cannot be flame cut.
Vanadium......................................0.40 Magnetic.
Iron.............................................Bal.
Diameter: .045”, 1/16”
Typical Properties:
Abrasion Resistance: Good Shielding gas: 75% Ar/25 CO2 or 100% CO2
Impact Resistance: Good
Nonmachinable in as-welded condition: Grinding Type of current: DCEP
only
Hardness, as deposited, RC
No. of A36
Layers Plate
1 52
2 53
3 57
Temp. Typical Hardness
950°F 54
Flame cutting difficult.

Good resistance to softening at elevated temp.
Heat treatable.
Good dimensional stability.
Diameter: .045”, 1/16”
Shielding gas: 75% Ar/25 CO2 or 100% CO2
150
Filler Metal Guide for Welding Aluminum
13
43 6061
319 344 7039 6063
333 356 214 A612 6101
354 A356 A214 C612 6151 1100
Base 355, A357 B214 D612 6201 5154 5052 5005 3004 2014 3003 1060
Metal C355 359 F214 7005k 6070 6951 5456 5454 5254a 5086 5083 5652a 5050 Alc.3004 2219 2024 Alc.3003 EC
1060, EC ER414 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER5356 ER4043 ER4043 ER356 ER5356 ER4043 ER1100 ER4043 ER4145 ER4145 ER1100 ER1260
c,i i,f e,i i i i c e,i e,l c c i c c c
1100, 3003 ER414 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER5356 ER4043 ER4043 ER5356 ER5356 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4145 ER4145 ER1100
Alclad 3003 c,i i,f e,i i i i c e,i e,l c c e,i e e c
2014, 2024 ER4145 ER4145 — — ER4145 ER4145 — — — — — — — — ER4145 ER4145

g g g
2219 ER4145 ER4145 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043 ER2319
g,c,i c,i i i f,i f,i i i i c,f,i
3004 ER4043 ER4043 ER5654 ER5356 ER4043 ER4043 ER5356 ER5654 ER5654 ER5656 ER5356 ER4043 ER4043 ER4043
Alclad 3004 i i b e e b e b b e e e,i e e
5005, 5050 ER4043 ER4043 ER5654 ER5356 ER4043 ER4043 ER5356 ER5654 ER5654 ER5356 ER5356 ER4043 ER4043
i i b e e b e b b e e e,i d,e
5052, 5652a ER4043 ER4043 ER5654 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5354 ER5654 ER5356 ER5256 ER5654
i b,i b e,h b,c b,c b b b e e a,b,c
5083 — ER5356 ER5356 ER5183 ER5356 ER5356 ER5183 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5183
c,e,i e e,h e e e e e e e
5086 — ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356
c,e,i e e,h e e e b b e
5154, 5254a — ER4043 ER5654 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5656 ER5654
b,l b b,h b,c b,c b b a,b
5454 ER4043 ER4043 ER5654 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5356 ER5664

l b,l b b,h b,c b,c b c,e
5456 — ER5356 ER5356 ER5556 ER5356 ER5356 ER5556

c,e,i e e,h e e e
6061, 6063, ER4145 ER4043 ER5356 ER5356 ER4043 ER4043

6101, 6201, c,i b,i b,c b,c b,i b,i
6151, 6951
Note 1: Service conditions such as immersion in fresh or salt water,
6070 ER4145 ER4043 ER5356 ER5356 ER4043 exposure to specific chemical or a sustained high temperature (over
c,l e,i c,e c,e,h,i e,i 150oF) may limit the choice of filler metals.
Note 2: Recommendations in this table apply to gas shielded-arc welding

7039 ER4043 ER4043 ER5356 ER5039 processes. For gas welding, only R1100, R1260 and R4043 filler
A612, C612 i b,h,i b,h e metals are ordinarily used.
D612, 7005k
Note 3: Filler metals designated with ER prefix are listed in AWS
214, A214 — ER4043 ER5654 specifications A5.10.
B214, F214 b,i b,d a Base metal alloys 5654 are used for hydrogen peroxide
service. ER5654 filler metal is used for welding both alloys for
low-temperature service (150OF and below).
13, 43, 344 ER4145 ER4043 b ER5183, ER5356, ER5554, ER5556 and ER5654 may be used.
356, A356 c,i c,i
A357, 359 In some cases they provide (1) improved color match after
anodizing treatment. (2) highest weld ductility, and (3) higher
weld strength. ER5554 is suitable for elevated temperature
319, 333, ER4145
354,355, d,c,i service.
C355 c ER4043 may be used for some applications
d Filler metal with the same analysis as the base metal is
sometimes used.
e ER5183, ER5356 or ER5556 may be used.
f ER4145 may be used for some applications.
g ER2319 may be used for some applications.
h ER5039 may be used for some applications.
i ER4047 may be used for some applications.
j ER1100 may be used for some applications.
k This refers to 7005 extrusions only.
Note 4: Where no filler metal is listed, the base metal combination

is not recommended for wiring.
151
Filler Metal Selector Guide for Welding ASTM Steels
Recommended Filler Metals (AWS)
ASTM Type of
152
No. Grade Product Metal SMAW GMAW/GTAW FCAW

A3 1, 2 Bars Steel 6012, 6013, 7014, 7024 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A27 All Castings Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A36 Structural Steel 6012, 6013, 7014, 7024, 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 70T-4,
7018 70T-7, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
A53 A&B Pipe Steel 6010, 6011 80S-D2, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
A82 Reinforcing Steel 7018, 7018-1 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-5, 70T-1, 70T-4, 71T-8,
71T-11, 70T-7, 71T-GS, 70C-3C,
70C-6M
A105 Pipe Steel Same as A53
A106 A&B Pipe Steel
C Pipe Steel Same as A53 80S-D2, 70S-6
A109 Strip Steel 6012, 6013, 7024 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
A123 Sheet, strip Steel 7018, 7018-1 70S-6 71T-11, 71T-GS, 70T-1, 71T-1,
71T-8, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
A131 Structural Steel Same as A36
A135 A&B Pipe Steel Same as A53
A139 All Pipe Steel Same as A53
A148 80-40, 80-50 Castings Low alloy 8018-C3 80S-D2 71T-1, 70T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
90-60 Castings Low alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
105-85 Castings Low alloy 11018-M 110T5-K4
120-95 Castings Low alloy 12018-M
A161 Tubes Steel 6010, 6011 70S-6, 80S-D2 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
ASTM Type of
A167 304L Sheet, strip Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
309S, 309 Sheet, strip Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
310S, 310 Sheet, strip Stainless 310
316 Sheet, strip Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
316L, 317L Sheet, strip Stainless 316L 316L 316LT-1
317 Sheet, strip Stainless 317L
347, 348 Sheet, strip Stainless 347
XM-15 Sheet, strip Stainless 310
A176 429, 430 Sheet, strip Stainless 308
442, 446 Sheet, strip Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
A177 Sheet, strip Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
A178 A Tubes Steel 7018 80S-D2 71T-1, 70T-1, 71T-8
C Tubes Steel Same as A53
A179 Tubes Steel Same as A53
A181 60 Pipe, fittings Steel Same as A53
70 Pipe, fittings Steel 7018 80S-D2 71T-8
A182 F1 Pipe, fittings C/Mo 7018-A1 80S-D2 110T5-K4
F2, F11, F12 Pipe, fittings Cr/Mo 8018-B2 8018-B2
F5, F5a, F21, F22 Pipe, fittings Cr/Mo 9018-B3
F304, F304H Pipe, fittings Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
F304L Pipe, fittings Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
F310 Pipe, fittings Stainless 310
F316L Pipe, fittings Stainless 316L 316L 316LT-1
F347H, F348, Pipe, fittings Stainless 347
F348H Pipe, fittings Stainless 310
153
F10
A184 40 Reinforcing Steel Same as A82 70T-5, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
50, 60 Reinforcing Low Alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
ASTM Type of
154

A185 Reinforcing Low alloy 7018 71T-8
A192 Tubes Steel 7018 80S-D2, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M
A199 T3b, T4, T22 Tubes Cr/Mo 9018-B3
T11 Tubes Cr/Mo 8018-B2
A200 Tubes Cr/Mo Same as A199
A202 A&B Pressure vessel Low alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
A203 All Pressure vessel Nickel steel 8018-C3 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
A204 A&B Pressure vessel C/Mo 7018-A1 80S-D2 110T5-K4
C Pressure vessel Low alloy 10018-M
A209 Tubes Steel 7018 80S-D2, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M
A210 A-1 Tubes Steel Same as A161 80S-D2, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
C Tubes Steel 7018 71T-8
A213 T2, T11, T12, T17 Tubes Cr/Mo 8018-B2

T3b, T22 Tubes Cr/Mo 9018-B3
TP304, TP304H Tubes Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
TP304L Tubes Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
TP310 Tubes Stainless 310 316L
TP316, TP316H Tubes Stainless 316 316LT-1
TP347, TP347H, Tubes Stainless 347
TP348, TP348H
ASTM Type of
A216 WCA Castings Steel 6013, 7014, 7024, 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
WCB, WCC Castings Steel 7024, 7018 70S-3, 70S-6, 71T-1, 70T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
80S-D2 70C-3C, 70C-6M
A217 WC1 Castings Cr/Mo 7024, 7018 70S-3, 70S-6, 71T-1, 70T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
80S-D2 70C-3C, 70C-6M
WC4, WC5, WC6 Castings Cr/Mo 8018-B2 80S-D2
WC9 Castings Cr/Mo 9018-B3
A225 C Pressure vessel Low alloy 11018-M, 12018-M 110T5-K4
D Pressure vessel Low alloy 8018-C3 80S-D2 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
A234 WPA, WPB, WPC Fittings Steel Same as A53
WP1 Fittings Cr/Mo 8018-B2 80S-D2
WP11, WP12 Fittings Cr/Mo 8018-B2
WP22 Fittings Cr/Mo 9018-B3
A236 C, D, E, F, G Forgings Low alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
H Forgings Low alloy 12018-M
A240 302, 304, 304H Pressure vessel Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
305 Pressure vessel Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
304L Pressure vessel Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
309S Pressure vessel Stainless 310
310S Pressure vessel Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
316H Pressure vessel Stainless 316L 316L 316LT-1
316L, 317L Pressure vessel Stainless 317L
155
317 Pressure vessel Stainless 347

347, 347H Pressure vessel Stainless 347
348, 348H Pressure vessel Stainless 310 310
ASTM Type of
156

A242 Types 1 & 2 Structural Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A250 Tubes Mo 7018-A1 80S-D2
A252 1, 2 Pipe Steel Same as A53
3 Pipe Steel 80S-D2
A266 1, 2, 3, 4 Forgings Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A268 TP329 Tubes Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
A269 TP304 Tubes Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
TP316 Tubes Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
TP317 Tubes Stainless 317L
TP321, TP347 Tubes Stainless 347
A270 Tubes Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
TP304H Tubes Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
TP321 Tubes Stainless 347
TP321H Tubes Stainless 347
TP347H Tubes Stainless 347
A273 C1010 thru C1020 Forgings Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
ASTM Type of
A276 302, 304, 305, Bars Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
302B Bars Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
304L Bars Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
309, 309S Bars Stainless 310
310, 310S Bars Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
316 Bars Stainless 316L 316L 316LT-1
316L Bars Stainless 317L
317 Bars Stainless 347
321, 347, 348 Bars Stainless 309, 310
TP446
A283 A, B, C, D Structural Steel Same as A36
A284 C, D Structural Steel Same as A36
A285 A, B, C Pressure vessel Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6, 80S-D2 71T-1, 70T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M
A288 1 Forgings Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
2 Forgings Low alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
3 Forgings Low alloy 11018-M
A289 A&B Forgings Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
A297 HF Castings Stainless 308, 308L 308LT-1
HH Castings Stainless 309 308L 308LT-1
HI, HK Castings Stainless 310 309 309LT-1
HE Castings Stainless 312
157
A299 Pressure vessel Low alloy 9018-M

A302 A, B, C, D Pressure vessel Low alloy 9018-M
ASTM Type of
158

A312 TP304, TP304H Pipe Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
TP304L Pipe Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
TP309 Pipe Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
TP310 Pipe Stainless 310
TP316, TP316H Pipe Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
TP317 Pipe Stainless 317L
TP321, TP321H, Pipe Stainless 347
TP347,
TP347H, TP348,
TP348H
A328 Piling Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A333 1&6 Pipe Low alloy 8018-C3 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
3, 4, 7, 9 Pipe Low alloy 8018-C2
A334 1&6 Tubes Low alloy 8018-C3 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
3, 7, 9 Tubes Low alloy 8018-C2
A335 P1, P15 Pipe C/Mo 7018-A1 80S-D2
P2, P11 P12 Pipe Cr/Mo 8018-B2
P22 Pipe Cr/Mo 9018-B3
A336 F1 Pressure vessel Low alloy 7018-A1
F22, F22a Pressure vessel Cr/Mo 9018-B3
F30 Pressure vessel Cr/Mo 8018-B2
F31 Pressure vessel Nickel steel 8018-C2
A336 F8, F82, F84 Pressure vessel Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
F8M Pressure vessel Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
FM-10, FM-25 Pressure vessel Stainless 310
ASTM Type of
A350 LF1, LF2 Fittings Nickel steel 8018-C3 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
LF3, LF4 Fittings Nickel steel 8018-C2
A351 CF8, CF8A, CF8C Castings Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1

CF3, CF3A Castings Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
CF8M, CF10MC, Castings Stainless 316L 316L 316LT-1
CF3M,
CF3MA Castings Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
CH8, CH10, CH20 Castings Stainless 310
CK20, HK30, HK40
A352 LC2 Castings Nickel steel 8018-C1 81T1-Ni2
LC3 Castings Nickel steel 8018-C2
A356 1 Castings Steel Same as A27
2 Castings C/Mo 7018-A1 80S-D2
5, 6, 8 Castings Cr/Mo 8018-B2
10 Castings Cr/Mo 9018-B3
A358 304 Pipe Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
309 Pipe Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
310 Pipe Stainless 310
316 Pipe Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
321, 347, 348 Pipe Stainless 347
A361 Sheet Steel 7018 70S-6 71T-11, 71T-GS, 70T-1, 71T-8,
71T-1
A369 FP1 Pipe Low alloy 7018-A1 80S-D2
FP2, FP11, FP12 Pipe Cr/Mo 8018-B2
159
FP22, FP3B Pipe Cr/Mo 9018-B3

A369 FPA, FPB Pipe Low alloy 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
ASTM Type of
160

A372 I Forgings Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M, 110T5- K4
II, III Forgings Low alloy 9018-M
IV Forgings Low alloy 11018-M 110T5-K4
V Forgings Alloy steel 12018-M
VI Forgings Alloy steel 10018-D2 110T5-K4
A376 TP304, TP304H, Pipe Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
TP304N
TP316, TP316H, Pipe Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
TP316N Pipe Stainless 347
TP321, TP321H,
TP347,
TP347H, TP348
A381 Y35 thru Y50 Pipe Steel Same as A53
Y52, Y56 Pipe Steel 7010, 7018 80S-D2 71T8-K6, 71T-8
Y60, Y65 Pipe Low alloy 9018-M
A387 A, B, C Pressure vessel Cr/Mo 8018-B2
D, E Pressure vessel Cr/Mo 9018-B3
A389 C23 Castings Cr/Mo 8018-B2
A403 WP304, WP304H Fittings Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
WP304L Fittings Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
WP309 Fittings Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
WP310 Fittings Stainless 310
WP316, WP316H Fittings Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
WP317 Fittings Stainless 317L
WP321, WP321H, Fittings Stainless 347
WP347H, WP348
A405 P24 Pipe Cr/Mo 9018-B3
ASTM Type of
A409 TP304, TP304L Pipe Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
TP309 Pipe Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
TP316, TP316L Pipe Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
TP321, TP347, TP348 Pipe Stainless 347
A412 201, 202 Sheet, strip Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
A413 PC, BBB Chain Steel 7018 70S-3 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A414 A, B, C, D, E, F, G Sheet Steel 6012, 6013, 7014, 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4,70T-7,
7024-1 70C-3C, 70C-6M
A420 WPL6 Fittings Steel 8018-C3 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
WPL9 Fittings Nickel steel 8018-C1 81T1-Ni2
WPL3 Fittings Nickel steel 8018-C2
A423 1 Tubes Cr/Mo 8018-B2
2 Tubes Nickel steel 8018-C3 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
A426 CP1, CP15 Pipe Cr/Mo 7018-A1 80S-D2
CP2, CP11, CP12 Pipe Cr/Mo 8018-B2
CP21, CP22 Pipe Cr/Mo 9018-B3
A430 FP304, FP304H, Pipe Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
FP304N
FP316, FP316H, Pipe Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
FP316N Pipe Stainless 347
FP321, FP321H,
FP347, FP347H
A442 55, 60 Pressure vessel Nickel steel 8018-C3 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
A447 Castings Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
161
A451 CPF8, CPF8C Pipe Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1

CPH8, CPH20 Pipe Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
CPK20 Pipe Stainless 310
ASTM Type of
162

A452 TP304H Pipe Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
TP316H Pipe Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
TP347H Pipe Stainless 347
A455 Pressure vessel Low alloy 9018-M
A457 761 Sheet, strip Stainless 347
A469 1, 2 Forgings Nickel steel 8018-C2
A470 1, 2 Forgings Nickel steel 8018-C2
A479 302, 304, 304H Bars Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
304L Bars Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
310, 310S Bars Stainless 310
316, 316H Bars Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
316L Bars Stainless 316L 316L 316LT-1
321, 321H, 347, Bars Stainless 347
347H,
348, 348H
A486 70 Castings Steel 7014, 7024, 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 70C-
3C, 70C-6M
90 Castings Low alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
120 Castings Alloy steel 12018-M
A487 1N, 2N, 4N, 8N, 9N, Castings Low alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
1Q, 2Q
3Q, 4Q, 5Q, 4QA, Castings Alloy steel 12018-M
7Q,
A496 Reinforcing Low alloy 9018-M
A497 Reinforcing Low alloy 9018-M
ASTM Type of
A500 A, B, C Tubes Steel Same as A36
A508 1, 1a Forgings Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
2, 3 70C-3C, 70C-6M
4, 5 Forgings Low alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
5a, 4a Forgings Low alloy 11018-M 110T5-K4
Forgings Low alloy 12018-M
A511 MT302, MT304, Tubes Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
MT305 Tubes Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
MT304L Tubes Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
MT309, MT309S Tubes Stainless 310 310
MT310, MT310S Tubes Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
MT316 Tubes Stainless 316L 316L 316LT-1
MT316L Tubes Stainless 317L
MT317 Tubes Stainless 347
MT321, MT347
A512 MT1010 thru Tubes Steel Same as A216
MT1020
A513 1008 thru 1022 Tubes Steel Same as A161
A514 Plates Low alloy 11018-M, 12018-M 110T5-K4
A515 Pressure vessel Steel 7018 70S-3 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A516 Pressure vessel Steel 7018 70S-3 81T1-Ni2, 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4,
71T-8, 70T-7, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
163
A517 Pressure vessel Low alloy 11018-M 110T5-K4

A519 1008 thru 4130 Tubes Steel Same as A161
ASTM Type of
164

A521 CA, CC, CC1 Forgings Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
AA, AB, CE, CF, Forgings Low alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
AC,
AD, CF1, CG Forgings Low alloy 11018-M 110T5-K4
AE
A526 Sheet Galvanized 7018 70S-6 71T-11, 71T-GS
A533 A1, B1, C1, D1 Pressure vessel Low alloy 9018-M 110T5-K4
A2, B2, C2, D2, Pressure vessel Low alloy 10018-M 110T5-K4
A3, B3,
C3, D3
A537 1 Pressure vessel Steel 7018 70S-3 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8
2 Pressure vessel Nickel steel 8018-C3 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
A541 1, 1a Forgings Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Forgings Cr/Mo 8018-B2
6A, 7, 7A, 8, 8A Forgings Low alloy 12018-M
A542 1, 2 Pressure vessel Cr/Mo 9018-B3
A543 A, B Pressure vessel Low alloy 12018-M
ASTM Type of
A554 MT301, MT302, Tubes Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1
MT304, MT305
MT304L Tubes Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
MT309, MT309S Tubes Stainless 309 309 309LT-1
MT310, MT310S Tubes Stainless 310
MT316 Tubes Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
MT316L Tubes Stainless 316L 316L 316LT-1
MT317 Tubes Stainless 317L
MT321, MT347 Tubes Stainless 347
A556 A2, B2 Tubes Stainless Same as A161
C2 Tubes Steel 7018 70S-6, 80S-D2 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M, 70T-1
A562 Pressure vessel Steel 7018 70S-3 71T-1, 70T-1, 71T-8, 71T-11, 70C-
3C, 70C-6M
A569 Sheet, strip Steel 6012, 6022, 6013, 7014 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-11, 71T-GS, 71T-1, 70T-1,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A570 30, 36, 40, 45 Sheet, strip Steel Any E60 or E70 electrode 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M
50 Sheet, strip Steel 7018, 7024 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-4, 70T-7, 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A572 42 thru 55 Structural Steel Same as A36
60 thru 65 Structural Low alloy 8018-C2
A588 Structural Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-8
A589 Pipe Steel Same as A53 71T8-K6
A592 A, E, F Pressure vessel Low alloy 12018-M
165
A595 A, B, C Tubes Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 71T-8

A606 Sheet Low alloy 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-
11, 71T-GS, 70C-3C, 70C-6M
ASTM Type of
166

A607 45 Sheet Low alloy 6010, 6011, 6012, 70S-3, 70S-6, 71T-1, 70T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
6013, 7014, 7024, 7018 80S-D2 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-11, 71T-GS
50 Sheet Low alloy 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8, 71T-11,
71T-GS
60 Sheet Low alloy 8018-C3 81T2-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
70 Sheet Low alloy 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A611 A, B, C, D Sheet Steel Any E60 or E70 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
electrode 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8
A611 E Sheet Steel 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A612 Pressure vessel Steel 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A615 40 Reinforcing Steel Same as A82
60 Reinforcing Low alloy 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A616 50, 60 Reinforcing Low alloy 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A617 40 Reinforcing Steel Same as A82
A618 1, 2, 3 Tubes Steel 7018 80S-D2 71T-8
A620 Sheet Steel 7014, 7024 70S-3 71T-11, 71T-GS, 71T-1
A621 Sheet, strip Steel 7018 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8
TP310 Tubes Stainless 310 310
TP317 Tubes Stainless 317L
ASTM Type of
A633 A, B, C, D Structural High strength, 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 71T-1, 70T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
Low alloy 71T-11, 71T-GS, 70T-4, 70T-7,
71T-8
A642 Sheet Galvanized 7018 70S-6 71T-11, 71T-GS, 71T-8
A643 A Castings Steel 7018, 7024 70S-3, 70S-6, 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
80S-D2 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8
B Castings Steel 10018-D2 110T5-K4
C Castings Steel 9018-B3
A651 TPXM8 Tubes Stainless 347

A656 1, 2 Structural Low alloy 10018-D2 110T5-K4
A659 1015, 1016, 1017, Sheet strip Steel Same as A607 70S-3, 70S-6, 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
1018, 80S-D2 70T-4, 70T-7
1020, 1023
A660 WCC, WCA, WCB Pipe Carbon steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
pipe 70C-6M
A662 A, B Pressure vessel C-Mn 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M,70T-470T-7
167
A666 TP301 Sheet, strip Stainless 308 308L 308LT-1

TP316 Sheet, strip Stainless 316 316L 316LT-1
ASTM Type of
168

A669 Tubes Alloy steel 316L 316L 316LT-1
A672 B65 Pipe Steel 7018 70S-3 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
D80, E55, E60 Pipe Steel 8018-C3 70C-6M
H75, H80, J80, J90 Pipe Steel 9018-M 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
J100 Pipe Steel 10018-M 110T5-K4
K75, K85 Pipe Steel 9018-M 110T5-K4
L65, L70 Pipe Steel 7018-A1 80S-D2 110T5-K4
L75 Pipe Steel 10018-M 110T5-K4
M70, M75, N75 Pipe Steel 9018-M 110T5-K4
110T5-K4
A678 A Structural Carbon steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M, 70T-4, 70T-7
A678 B Structural Carbon steel 9018-M 110T5-K4

C Structural Carbon steel 10018-M
A688 TP304 Tubes Stainless steel 308 308L 308LT-1

TP304L Tubes Stainless steel 308L 308L 308LT-1
TP316 Tubes Stainless steel 316 316L 316LT-1
TP316L Tubes Stainless steel 316L 316L 316LT-1
A691 CM65, CM70 Pipe C & Alloy steel 7018-A1 80S-D2 110T5-K4
CM75 Pipe C & Alloy steel 10018-M 110T5-K4
CMSH70 Pipe C & Alloy steel 7018 70S-3 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
CMS75 Pipe C & Alloy steel 9018-M 70C-6M
CMSH80 Pipe C & Alloy steel 8018-C3 110T5-K4
1/2CR Pipe C & Alloy steel 8018-B2 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
1CR, 1-1/4CR Pipe C & Alloy steel 8018-B2
2-1/4CR Pipe C & Alloy steel 9018-B3
ASTM Type of
A692 Tubes Cr/Mo 7018-A1 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A694 F42, F46, R48 Fittings C & Alloy steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M, 70T-4, 70T-7
F56, F50, F52 Fittings C & Alloy steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M, 70T-4, 70T-7
F60, F65 Fittings C & Alloy steel 8018-C3 80S-D2 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
A696 B, C Bars Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M, 70T-4, 70T-7
A699 1, 2, 3, 4 Plates, bars Low alloy 10018-D2 110T5-K4
A704 40 Reinforcing Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8, 71T-11,
71T-GS
60 Reinforcing Steel 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A706 Reinforcing Low alloy 8018-C3 80S-D2 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
A707 L1, L2, L3 Flanges C & Alloy steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8
L4 Flanges C & Alloy steel 8018-C1 80S-D2 81T1-Ni2
L5, L6 Flanges C & Alloy steel 8018-C3 80S-D2 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
L7, L8 Flanges C & Alloy steel 8018-C2 80S-D2
A709 36 Structural High strength, 6012, 6013, 7014, 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
Low alloy 7024, 7018 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
71T-11, 71T-GS
50, 50W Structural High strength, 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 E70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
Low alloy 70C-6M, 70T-4, 70T-7
169
100, 100W Structural 11018-M 110T5-K4

High strength,
Low alloy
ASTM Type of
170

A714 I, II, III, IV Pipe Low alloy 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
V Pipe Low alloy 8018-C1 81T1-Ni2
VI Pipe Low alloy 8018-C3 81T1-Ni2, 81T1-Ni1
A715 50 Sheet, strip Steel 6012, 6013, 7024, 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
80S-D2 70T-4, 70T-7
60 Sheet, strip Steel 7018, 7024, 7014 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70 Sheet, strip Steel 7018 80S-D2 70C-6M
70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
70T-4, 70T-7
80 Sheet, strip Steel 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A724 A Pressure vessel Q & T steel 9018-M 110T5-K4
A732 1A, 2A, 3A Castings Steel 6012, 6013, 7024, 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70C-3C, 70C-6M,
7014, 7018 70T-4, 70T-7
4A Castings Steel 9018-M 110T5-K4
5N, 6N Castings Steel 7024, 7018 70S-3, 80S-D2 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
A734 A Pressure vessel Alloy & Low alloy 8018-B2
Alloy & Low alloy
B Pressure vessel 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A735 1, 2, 3 Pressure vessel Low C & Alloy 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
steel
4 Pressure vessel Low C & Alloy 10018-D2 110T5-K4
steel
A736 2 Pressure vessel Alloy 8018-B2
3 Pressure vessel Alloy 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
B Pressure vessel Low alloy 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 70T-4, 70T-7, 71T-8,
70C-3C, 70C-6M
ASTM Type of
A737 C Pressure vessel Low alloy 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A738 Pressure vessel Alloy 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
A744 CF-8 Castings Stainless 308 308

CF-8M Castings Stainless 316 316
CF-8C Castings Stainless 347
CF-3 Castings Stainless 308L 308L 308LT-1
CG-8M Castings Stainless 316L, 317L 316L 316LT-1
A757 A2Q Castings Alloy steel 7018 71T-8

B2N, B2Q Castings Alloy steel 8018-C1 81T1-Ni2
B3N, B3Q Castings Alloy steel 8018-C2
C1Q Castings Alloy steel 10018-M
DNDQ Castings Alloy steel 9018-B3
E1Q Castings Alloy steel 11018-M
A765 1 Pressure vessel Low alloy 7018 71T-1, 70T-1, 71T-8

2 Pressure vessel Low alloy 7018-1 71T-1, 70T-1, 71T-8
A771 Tubing Stainless 316H
A782 Class 1 Pressure vessel High strength, 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4

Mn-Cr-Mo
Class 2 Pressure vessel High Strength, 11018-M 110T5-K4
Mn-Cr-Mo
Class 3 Pressure vessel High strength, 12018-M
Mn-Cr-Mo
171
A808 Steel plate High strength, 7018-1 71T-1, 70T-1, 71T-8

low alloy
ASTM Type of
172

A812 65 Sheet High strength, 9018-M 80S-D2 110T5-K4
low alloy
8 Sheet High strength, 11018-M, 10018-M 110T5-K4
low alloy
A813 TP304 Pipe Stainless 308 308
TP304H Pipe Stainless 308H
TP309S Pipe Stainless 309 309
TP310S Pipe Stainless 310
TP316 Pipe Stainless 316 316
TP316H Pipe Stainless 316H
TP317L Pipe Stainless 317L
A814 Pipe Stainless Same as A813
A822 Tubing Steel 6010, 6011, 6013
A826 TP316 Tubes Stainless 316H
A830 Plates Steel 7018 70S-3, 70S-6 70T-1, 71T-1, 71T-8, 70C-3C,
70C-6M
A841 Pressure vessel Steel 7018 71T-1, 70T-1, 71T-8
A851 TP304 Tubes Stainless 308, 308H 308
A873 Sheet, strip Steel 9018-B3, 9018-B3L
Welding Terms & Definitions
Source: AWS
AC or Alternating Current — Is that kind of electricity which reverses its di-
rection periodically. For 60 cycle current, the current goes in one direction
and then in the other direction 60 times in the same second, so that the
current changes its direction 120 times in one second.
Arc Blow — The deflection of an arc from its normal path because of mag-
netic forces.
Arc Length — The distance from the tip of the welding electrode to the adjacent
surface of the weld pool.
Arc Voltage — The voltage across the welding arc.
As-Welded — Pertaining to the condition of weld metal, welded joints, and
weldments after welding, but prior to any subsequent thermal, mechanical
or chemical treatments.
Automatic Welding — welding with equipment that requires only occasional
or no observation of the welding, and no manual adjustments of the equip-
ment controls.
Backing — A material or device placed against the backside of the joint, or at
both sides of a weld in electroslag and electrogas welding, to support and
retain molten weld metal. The material may be partially fused or remain
unfused during welding and may be either metal or nonmetal.
Backstep Sequence — A longitudinal sequence in which weld passes are
made in the direction opposite to the progress of welding.
Bare Electrode — A filler metal electrode produced as a wire, strip, or bar with no
coating or covering except one incidental to its manufacture or preservation.
Base Material — The material being welded, brazed, soldered, or cut.
Butt Joint — A joint between two members aligned approximately in the
same plane.
Concavity — The maximum distance from the face of a concave fillet weld
perpendicular to a line joining the weld toes.
Convexity — The maximum distance from the face of a convex fillet weld
perpendicular to a line joining the weld toes.
Covered Electrode — A composite filler metal electrode consisting of a bare
or metal cored electrode with a flux covering sufficient to provide a slag
layer and/or alloying elements. The covering may contain materials provid-
ing such functions as shielding from the atmosphere, deoxidation, and arc
stabilization and can serve as a source of metallic additions to the weld.
Crater — A depression in the weld at the termination of a weld bead.
Depth of Fusion — The distance that fusion extends into the base metal or
previous bead from the surface melted during welding.
DC or Direct Current — Electric current which flows only in one direction.
In welding, an arc welding process wherein the power supply at the arc
is direct current.
Fillet Weld — A weld of approximately triangular cross section joining two
surfaces approximately at right angles to each other in a lap joint, T-joint
or corner joint.
173
Fillet Weld Leg — The distance from the joint root to the toe of the fillet weld.
Flat Welding Position — The welding position used to weld from the upper
side of the joint at a point where the weld axis is approximately horizontal,
and the weld face lies in an approximately horizontal plane.
Flux — A material applied to the workpiece(s) before or during joining or sur-
facing to cause interactions that remove oxides and other contaminants,
improve wetting, and affect the final surface profile.
Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) — An arc welding process that uses an
arc between a continuous filler metal electrode and the weld pool. The
process is used with shielding gas from a flux contained within the tubular
electrode, with or without additional shielding from an externally supplied
gas, and without the application of pressure.
Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) — An arc welding process that uses an
arc between a continuous filler metal electrode and the weld pool. The
process is used with shielding from an externally supplied gas and without
the application of pressure.
Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW) — An arc welding process that uses an
arc between a tungsten electrode (nonconsumable) and the weld pool. The
process is used with shielding gas and without the application of pressure.
Groove Weld — A weld in a weld groove on a workpiece surface, between
workpiece edges, between workpiece surfaces, or between workpiece
edges and surfaces.
Heat-Affected Zone — The portion of the base metal whose mechanical
properties or microstructure have been altered by the heat of welding,
brazing, soldering, or thermal cutting.
Horizontal Welding Position —
Fillet Weld - The welding position in which the weld is on the upper side
of an approximately horizontal surface and against an approximately
vertical surface.
Groove Weld — The welding position in which the weld face lies in an
approximately vertical plane and the weld axis at the point of welding is
approximately horizontal.
Joint Penetration — The distance a weld extends from its face into a joint,
exclusive of reinforcement.
Lap Joint — A joint type in which the nonbutting ends of one or more work-
pieces overlap approximately parallel to one another.
Machine Welding — A nonstandard term when used for mechanized welding.
Manual Process — An operation with the torch, gun, or electrode holder
held and manipulated by hand. Accessory equipment, such as part motion
devices and handheld filler material feeders may be used.
Melting Rate — The weight or length of electrode, wire, rod, powder melted
in a unit of time.
Open Circuit Voltage — The voltage between the output terminals of the
power source when no current is flowing to the torch or gun.
Overhead Welding Position — The welding position in which welding is
performed from the underside of the joint.
174
Overlap — The protrusion of weld metal beyond the weld toe or weld root.
Peening — The mechanical working of metals used impact blows.
Porosity — Cavity-type discontinuities formed by gas entrapment during
solidification or in a thermal spray deposit.
Postheating — The application of heat to an assembly after welding, brazing,
soldering, thermal spraying or thermal cutting operation.
Preheat — The heat applied to the base metal or substrate to attain and
maintain preheat temperature.
Radiography — The use of radiant energy in the form of X-rays or gamma
rays for the non-destructive examination of metals.
Reverse Polarity — A nonstandard term for direct current electrode positive.
Root Opening — A separation at the joint root between the workpieces.
Root Penetration — The distance the weld metal extends into the joint root.
Semiautomatic Process — An operation performed manually with equipment
controlling one or more of the process conditions.
Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) — An arc welding process with an arc
between a covered electrode and the weld pool. The process is used with
shielding from the decomposition of the electrode covering, without the
application of pressure, and with filler metal from the electrode.
Slag — A nonmetallic product resulting from the mutual dissolution of flux and
nonmetallic impurities in some welding and brazing processes.
Spatter — The metal particles expelled during fusion welding which do not
form a part of the weld.
Straight Polarity — A nonstandard term for direct current electrode negative.
Stress Relief Heat Treatment — Uniform heating of a structure or a portion
thereof to a sufficient temperature to relieve the major portion of the residual
stresses, followed by uniform cooling.
Stringer Bead — A straight weld bead on the surface of a plate, with little or
no side-to-side electrode movement.
Tack Weld — A weld made to hold parts of a weldment in proper alignment
until the final welds are made.
Throat of a Fillet Weld
Theoretical Throat — The distance from the beginning of the joint root
perpendicular to the hypotenuse of the largest right triangle that can
be inscribed within the cross section of a fillet weld. This dimension is
based on the assumption that the root opening is equal to zero.
Actual Throat — The shortest distance between the weld root and the
face of a fillet weld.
Effective Throat — The minimum distance minus any convexity be-
tween the weld root and the face of a fillet weld.
Tungsten Electrode — A non-filler metal electrode used in arc welding or
cutting, made principally of tungsten.
Underbead Crack — A heat-affected zone crack in steel weldments arising
from the occurrence of a crack-susceptible microstructure, residual or ap-
plied stress, and the presence of hydrogen.
175
Undercut — A groove melted into the base metal adjacent to the weld toe or
the root of a weld and left unfilled by welding.
Vertical Welding Position — The welding position in which the weld axis, at
the point of welding, is approximately vertical, and the weld face lies in an
approximately vertical plane.
Weave Bead — A type of weld bead made with transverse osscillation.
Weld – A localized coalescence of metals or non-metals produced either by
heating the materials to welding temperature, with or without the application
of pressure, or by the application of pressure alone, and with or without
the use of filler material.
Weld Face — The exposed surface of a weld on the side from which welding
was done.
Weld Metal — That portion of a weld which has been melted during welding.
Weld Nomenclature — Toe

Face
Throat
Toe
Leg
Root Leg
Weld Pass — A single progression of welding along a joint. The result of a

pass is a weld bead or layer.
Weld Pool — The localized volume of molten metal in a weld prior to its so-
lidification as weld metal.
Weld Root — The points, as shown in cross section, at which the root surface
intersects the base metal and extends furthest into the weld joint.
Weld Size
Groove Weld Size — The joint penetration of a groove weld.
Fillet Weld Size — For equal leg fillet welds, the leg lengths of the largest
isosceles right triangle that can be inscribed within the fillet weld cross
section. For unequal leg fillet welds, the leg lengths of the largest right
triangle that can be inscribed within the fillet weld cross section.
Welding Procedure — The detailed methods and practices involved in the
production of a weldment.
Weld Toe — The junction of the weld face and the base metal.
Welding Rod — A form of welding filler metal, normally packaged in straight
lengths, that does not conduct the welding current.
Weldment — An assembly joined by welding.
176
Metric Conversion Tables
To convert from To Multiply by
lb Mass (avdp) kg 4.535 924 x 10-1
ton Mass (200 lbm) kg 9.071 847 x 102
in Linear Measurement mm 2.540 000 x10
in2 Area Dimensions mm2 6.451 600 x 102
lb in.2 Pressure Pa 6.894 757 x 103
gal/hr Flow Rate liter/min 6.309 020 x 10-2
psi Tensile Strength Pa 6.894 757 x 103
ksi. in.1/2 Fracture Toughness MN m-3/2 1.098 855
ft. lb. Impact J 1.355 818
lb/hr Deposition Rate kg/h 0.45
in/min Travel/Wire Speed mm/s 4.233 333 x 10-1
MPG Miles per U.S. Gal. km/liter 0.425
MPG Miles per Imp. Gal km/liter 0.3544
Fo Temperature Co 5/9 x (Fo -32o)
C o
Temperature F o
9/5 x Co + 32o
Fillet Sizes Electrode Sizes

in. mm in. mm
1/8 3 0.030 0.8
5/32 4 0.035 0.9
3/16 5 0.040 1.0
1/4 6 0.045 1.2
5/16 8
1/16 1.6
3/8 10
5/64 2.0
7/16 11
3/32 2.4
1/2 13
1/8 3.2
5/8 16
3/4 19 5/32 4.0
7/8 22 3/16 4.8
1 25 1/4 6.4
177
Thickness/ Wire Liquid
Diameter Diameter Weight Measure
in mm in mm lbs kg gal L
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1
1/16 .020 5 5
2
.035
3 1 10 5
1/8 .045 10
4 15 50
.063 15
3/16 5
.080 2 20
6 (14SWG) 10 20
1/4
7 25
.104
(12SWG) 25
5/16 8 30 100
3
9 .128 15 30
3/8 (10SWG) 35
10
.150 35
7/16 11 (8SWG) 4 40
12 45 20 40 150
1/2
13
.192 50 45
14 (6SWG) 5
9/16
15 55 25 50
5/8 16 .232 200
6 60
(4SWG) 55
17
11/16 65
18 30 60
3/4 19 70
65
20 250
13/16 75
21 35 70
22 80
7/8
75
23 85
15/16 24 40 300
80
90
25
1
95 85
100 45 90
350
95
375
100
178
Area Length Temperature Gas
in 2
mm 2
ft M ºF ºC ft /hr L/min
3
0 0 0 0 -40 -40 0 0
-30
1
0 -20
10
-10 2
5
5000 5 32 0
3
10 20 50 10
20 4
30 30 10
5
10,000 10 100 40
50 6
40 60
20 150 15 7
70
15,000 50 15 80 8
200 90 9
212 100 20
60 10
110
30
20,000 20 250 120 11
70 130
25 12
140
300 150
80 13
25,000 25 160
40 170 30 14
90 350 180 15
190
30,000 30 200 16
100 400 35
210 17
50 220
110 230 18
450
35,000 35 240 40 19
120 250
500 20
260
60 270 21
130 45
40,000 40 280
550 22
140 23
50
70 45,000 45
150
160
50,000 50
80
179
Travel Impact Values Pressure /
Speed Charpy V Notch Tensile Strength
in/min mm/min ft/lbs Joule psi MPa

0 0 0 0 0 0
10
500 10
10 10,000
20
20 100
1000 30
25
20,000
1500 30 40
50
50 30,000 200
40
2000
60
75
50 40,000
2500 70
300
100 60 80
3000 50,00
90
125 70
3500 100 400
60,000
80
150 4000 110
90 120 70,000
175 4500 500
130
100
80,000
5000 140
200
110
150 600
90,000
120 160
170 100,000
130 700
180
140 110,000
190
150 200 800

120,000
210
160
220 130,000
170 900
140,000
1000
150,000
160,000 1100
180
HIWT Training and Certification Services
The Hobart Institute of Welding Technology (HIWT) is a nonprofit, ACCSC ac-

credited institution dedicated to excellence in welding training and education.
Founded in 1930, HIWT has trained over 85,000 men and women worldwide.
Field & Specialized Training
HIWT offers field training (at your facility) & specialized training (at our facility)
to make your welders more productive and profitable. Each program is custom
designed to get your people up to speed in the shortest possible time.
Complete Welding Skill Training Programs
Looking for an exciting career that pays well and is in high demand? Consider
our 36-week Combination Structural & Pipe Welding Program or our 21-week
Structural Welding Program. A variety of financial aid options are available for
those who qualify. Individual skill classes are also available for hobbyists or
individuals who want to upgrade their welding skills.
Technical Training
Our preparation course for the AWS CWI/CWE Examination Is one of the best in
the country. Hobart Institute also offers a 1-week course for Welding Instructors,
as well as courses in welding inspection, quality control, NDT and weldability.
Qualification & Certification Services
HIWT qualifies welding procedures and welders to structural, pressure piping,
production and aerospace specifications on all types of ferrous and nonfer-
rous materials.
For more information and a free catalog, visit us at www.welding.org, or
contact us at: Hobart Institute of Welding Technology,
400 Trade Square East, Troy, OH 45373
Phone: 800 332-9448 or 937 332-5000 • Fax: 937 332-5200
181
INDEX
Index Terms Links
Aluminum, Filler Guide for Welding 151
Certification 181
Codes and Qualification of Welders 35
Conversion Tables, Metric 177
Cost Saving Tips 52
Designation of Steels 152
Electrodes
Aluminum 151
Build-Up and Overlay 103
Hard Surfacing 100
Low Alloy 86
Mild Steel 78
This page has been reformatted by Knovel to provide easier navigation.

Index Terms Links
Electrodes (Cont.)
Special Alloy 106
Stainless Steel 97
Electrode Selection 55
Electrode Classification 62
Essentials for Good Welding 16
Filler Metals, Aluminum 151

Filler Metals, Classification 62
Filler Metals, Consumption 60
Filler Metals, Hobart listing 78
Filler Metals, Selection Guide for Steel 152
Filler Metals, Storage and Reconditioning 58
Gases, Shielding 59
Gas metal arc welding, Short circuit transfer 73
Gas metal arc welding, Spray transfer 74
Hard Surfacing Electrodes 100

Hobart Filler Metals 78
Hobart Institute of Welding Technology, Certification 181
Hobart Institute of Welding Technology, Training 181

Index Terms Links
Hobart Institute of Welding Technology,

Training Materials 182
Joints, Types 33
Metal Cored Wire 56 132

Metals, Identification 48
Metals, Welding 46
Metric Conversion Tables 177
MIG, Short Circuit Transfer 73
MIG, Spray Transfer 74
Mild Steel Electrodes 78
Positions, Welding 34
Power Cable Size Guide 53
Preheating 50
Problems, Welds 28
Processes, Welding 6
Safety, Welding 42

Index Terms Links
Shielding Gases 59
Stainless Steel Electrodes 97
Steel 47
Steel, Filler Metal Selection Guide 152
Symbols, Welding 36
Terms and Definitions 173

Training 181
Training Materials 182
Troubleshooting Guide for Semiautomatic
Wire Equipment 32
Troubleshooting Guide for Wire 32
Tubular Wires 112
Weld Beads, Examples 18

Weld Quality, Checkpoints 31
Welding Codes and Qualification of Welders 35
Welding Positions 34
Welding Problems, Causes and Cures 28
Welding Processes 6
Welding Safety 42
Welding Symbols 36
Welding Terms and Definitions 173

Index Terms Links
Wire, Troubleshooting Guide for

Semiautomatic Welding 32
Wire
Build-Up and Overlay 126
Hard Surfacing 124
Metal Cored 132
Metal Cored Hard Surfacing 149
Solid Steel 108
Tubular 112

Pocket Welding Guide PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Pocket Welding Guide PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

EW609

Pocket Welding Guide

Filler metal information courtesy

State Board of Career Colleges and Schools

Accrediting Commission of Career Schools

© 2013 Hobart Institute of Welding Technology

This 31 st edition of the Pocket Welding Guide is

You are encouraged to strive for the perfect weld.

The Pocket Welding Guide began as a 30-page booklet

The booklet contained three types of electrodes, four

The “up-to-date welding training” was, at that time,

It goes on to indicate that the training was being

With each new edition, more information was added.

Shielding Gas Nozzle

Direction of Travel Nozzle (not required

Slag Gas (Optional)

Slag Molten Flux

Solidified Molten Arc Base

Molten Weld Metal

Solidified Weld Metal

Welding Torch Tip

Inner Cone Acetylene

Deposited Braze Metal

Oxygen Jet Base Metal

1. Correct Electrode Size

Besides the steady sizzling sound that a correct arc pro-

1. Correct Electrode Size

4. Correct Travel Speed

5. Correct Electrode Angle

GOOD BAD BAD

Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead

Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead

A smooth, regular, Excessive piling up Excessive spatter to be

No undercutting, Overlapping bead has Undercutting along

BAD BAD BAD

Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead

Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead

Bead very irregular with Bead too small, Excessive piling up

Weld metal Not enough weld metal Overlapping without

Wasted electrodes and Wasted electrodes and Wasted electrodes and

GOOD BAD BAD

Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet

Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead

Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead

A smooth, regular, Excessive spatter Weld bead excessively

No undercutting, Weld bead excessively Difficult slag

Uniform in cross section. Undercutting along Wasted filler metal

BAD BAD BAD

Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet

Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead

Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead

Bead too small, with Excessive bead width. Excessive spatter

GOOD BAD BAD

Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet

Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead

Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead

A smooth, regular, Excessive spatter Weld bead excessively

No undercutting, Weld bead excessively Difficult slag

Uniform in cross section. Undercutting along Wasted filler metal and

BAD BAD BAD

Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet Cross-section Fillet

Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead Cross-section Weld Bead

Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead Face Weld Bead